Manu 450

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 236

www.duma-rent.

com

EN

Operation & Maintenance Manual

Compact Track Loader


S/N B1EM11001 & Above

7250077enGB (02-18) (G) Printed in Belgium ©2018 Bobcat Company. All rights reserved.
Original Instructions EU S3B
www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS


CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216


means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
is involved!” Carefully read the message Never use the loader without
instructions. See machine signs
that follows. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual, and Operator’s Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA1254 NA1184 NA1187


Always use the seat bar and fasten Never use loader without operator Never use loader as man lift or
seat belt snugly. cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. elevating device for personnel.
Always keep feet on the foot pedals or Fasten your seat belt.
footrests when operating loader.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1188 NA1185 NA1180

Do not use loader in atmosphere Never carry riders. Always carry bucket or
with explosive dust, explosive gas, attachments as low as possible.
or where exhaust can contact Keep bystanders away from work Do not travel or turn with lift arms
flammable material. area. up.
Load, unload, and turn on flat level
ground.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1182 NA1183 NA1181

Never exceed Rated Operating Never leave loader with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with lift arms up.
To park, engage parking brake and Use only attachments approved by
put attachment flat on the ground. Bobcat Company for this model
loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat® loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your Bobcat dealer for information on
the availability and safe use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls.
3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
8. LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE: Replace if damaged.
9. PARKING BRAKE
10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) OSW61-0117
www.duma-rent.com

CONTENTS

FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

REFERENCE INFORMATION

Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat loader.

Loader Serial Number


Engine Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.


P.O. Box 128 U Kodetky 1810
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 263 12 Dobris
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CZECH REPUBLIC

1 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FOREWORD

This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5


Fluids, Lubricants And Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7


Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9


Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Buckets Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Forestry Door And Window Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

2 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity


This information is provided in the operators manual to comply with clause 1.7.4.2(c) of Annex I of
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

The official EC Declaration of Conformity is supplied in a separate document.

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the


Environment by Equipment For Use Outdoors

Notified Body
Bobcat Company Technical and Test Institute for Construction
World Headquarters Prague, Czech Republic
250 East Beaton Drive Notified Body Number: 1020
West Fargo, ND 58078-6000
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
EC Certificate No.
Technical Documentation 1020-090-022395
Homologation Manager
Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.
U Kodetky 1810
263 12 Dobris Conformity Assessment Procedure(s)
CZECH REPUBLIC 2000/14/EC, Annex VIII, Full Quality Assurance

Sound Power Levels [Lw(A)]


Measured Sound Power 98 dBA
Guaranteed Sound Power 99 dBA

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below


Type of Equipment: Crawler Loader 2006/42/EC: Machinery Directive
Model Name: T450 2014/30/EU: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: B1EM
Lot Series: 11001

Engine Manufacturer: Bobcat Company


Engine Model: D24NAP DL02-LEL04
Engine Power: 45,5 kW @ 2600 RPM

Declaration of Conformance
This equipment conforms to the requirements specified in all the EC Directives listed in this declaration.

Effective From:

20 April 2016

3 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (CONT’D)

Homologation Manager
Doosan Bobcat Engineering s.r.o.
U Kodetky 1978
26312 Dobris
Czech Republic

Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European Parliament and of the
Council

We Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. with VAT number CZ26489201, acting in its capacity as EU only representative for the
import of goods from Doosan Infracore Co,. Ltd with its address at Doosan Tower, 275, Jangchungdan-ro, Jung-gu, Seoul,
100-730, Korea, declare under our sole responsibility that when placing on the market pre-charged equipment, which we
import to or manufacture in the Union, the hydrofluorocarbons contained in that equipment are accounted for within the
quota system referred to in Chapter IV of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 as:

A. we hold authorisation(s) issued in accordance with Article 18(2) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and registered
in the registry referred to in Article 17 of that Regulation, at the time of release for free circulation to use the quota of a
producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 that cover(s) the
quantity of hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment.

B. [for importers of equipment only] the hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment have been placed on the
market in the Union, subsequently exported and charged into the equipment outside the Union, and the undertaking that
placed the hydrofluorocarbons on the market made a declaration stating that the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons has been
or will be reported as placed on the market in the Union and that it has not been and will not be reported as direct supply
for export in the meaning of Article 15(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU)
No 517/2014 and Section 5C of the Annex to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1191/2014 (2).

C. [for equipment manufactured in the Union only] the hydrofluorocarbons charged into the equipment were placed
on the market by a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014.

Dobroslav Rak

30th January, 2017

Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. | Identification No. 264 89 201 | Prague Commercial Register Section C, Entry 85459

4 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED

ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture, and distribute Bobcat products.

British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchâteau (France), and the
Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck, and West Fargo) in North Dakota. TÜV Rheinland is the Certified Registrar
Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat’s manufacturing facility in
Dobris (Czech Republic). Only certified assessors, like BSI and TÜV Rheinland, can grant registrations.

ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS

BATTERY
ENGINE OIL FILTER
6674687 (Earlier)
7012303
7306047 (Later)

FUEL FILTER HYDRAULIC FILTER


7023589 7024037

HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER


AIR FILTER, Outer
6692337 (Earlier Models)
7286322
7319444 (Later Models)

AIR FILTER, Inner HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER CAP


7221934 6727475

FLUID, Hydrostatic Drive Motor

7270874 – 12 U.S. fl oz

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

5 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT’D)

Fluids, Lubricants And Fuel

The fluids, lubricants and fuel described below are those used in the factory and apply to operating conditions in European
temperate climate areas. Please see your Bobcat dealer for requirements in other climate areas.

Read and understand the preventive maintenance required before adding or replacing any fluids or lubricants. (See
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE on Page 121.)

ENGINE SYSTEMS
Machine
Fluids And Lubricants T° Range Packaging** Part Number
Components
- Bobcat Engine Power SAE 10W30 CJ4 / ACEA E9 -25°C - +30°C A, B, C, D 6987818*
Engine
- Bobcat Engine Power SAE 15W40 CJ4 / ACEA E9 -20°C - +40C A, B, C, D 6987819
- Bobcat PG Coolant Concentrated -36°C B, C, D 6987813*
Cooling Circuit
- Bobcat PG Coolant 4 Seasons -36°C A, B, C, D 6987793
- High-quality diesel fuel that meets EN590
Fuel Tank - - *
(See FUEL SYSTEM on Page 147.)

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMS


Machine
Fluids And Lubricants T° Range Packaging** Part Number
Components
- Bobcat Superior SH Hydraulic / Hydrostatic -35°C - +50°C A, B, C, D 6987791*
Hydraulic Fluid Tank
- Bobcat Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic -35°C - +50°C A, B, C, D 6987792

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Machine
Fluids And Lubricants Drop Point Packaging** Part Number
Components
- Bobcat Multipurpose Grease From 260°C E 6987888*
All Mechanical
- Bobcat Supreme HD Grease From 280°C E 6987889
Systems
- Bobcat Extreme HP Grease From 260°C E 6987890

(*) Factory Filled Fluids And Lubricants


(**) Packaging Available:
A = 5 L Can
B = 25 L Container
C = 209 L Drum
D = 1000 L Tank
E = 400 g Tube

6 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS DELIVERY REPORT

Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3


requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or there may be
different procedures to follow when performing a specific
service operation.

Loader Serial Number

Figure 1

NA3106
1

The delivery report [Figure 3] contains a list of items that


must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat loader is delivered.

The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the


owner or operator and the dealer.
P115133C

The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1] is


located on the outside of the loader frame.

Engine Serial Number

Figure 2

P109660

The engine serial number (Item 1) [Figure 2] is located


on the side of the engine next to the oil fill cap.

7 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LOADER IDENTIFICATION

2
1 20
11
3
12
4
19

5
18
10 13

14
6
9
7 8
17
15
16
NA9159
NA9160

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator’s
1 11 Lift Cylinder (Both Sides)
Handbook
2 Front Lights 12 Rear Grille
3 Grab Handles 13 Back-up Alarm [C]
4 Operator Seat with Seat Belt and Seat Bar 14 Rear Work Lights and Taillights
5 Tilt Cylinders 15 Rear Door
Rear Tie-down (Both Sides) Front Tie-down located
6 Bucket [A] 16
behind Bucket
7 Bucket Steps 17 Track
8 Step 18 Lift Arm Support Device
9 Alternate Front Tie-down (Both Sides) 19 Lift Arm
10 Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers 20 Operator Cab (ROPS and FOPS) [B]

[A] Bucket – Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[B] ROPS – Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and FOPS – Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449,
Level I. Level II is available.
[C] Optional or Field Accessory, (Not Standard Equipment.)

8 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS

Standard Items Options And Accessories (Cont’d)

This model T450 Bobcat loader is equipped with the • Cab Heater
following standard items: • Cab Reseal Plug Kit
• Controls:
• 46,2 kW Bobcat Engine Turbo Stage III B Diesel — Advanced Control System (ACS)
Engine (Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control)
• Access Covers — Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
• Adjustable Suspension Seat (Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control)
• Auxiliary Hydraulics: Variable Flow • Counterweight Kit
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) • Deluxe Instrumentation Panel with Keyless Start
• Bob-Tach® • Engine Block Heater
• Cab (includes: rear and side windows and • Exhaust Guard Kit
polycarbonate top window) ROPS and FOPS (Level I) • Extended Pedals
Approved • Fire Extinguisher
• Cab Accessory Harness • FOPS Kit (Level II)
• CE Certification • FOPS Window Kit
• Controls: Bobcat Standard • Forestry Door and Window Kit
• Deluxe Interior with Storage Compartments • Forestry Door Wiper
• Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown • Four-Way Flashers (Also adds Turn Signal function)
• Exhaust Shield • Front and Rear Light Guards
• Front Horn • Hose Guide
• Glow Plugs (Automatically activated) • Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (With On / Off Selection)
• Instrumentation: Hourmeter, Engine rpm, System • Hydraulic Muffler
Voltage; Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges; • Keyless Start
Warning Lights • Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point)
• Lift Arm Support Device • Locking Fuel Cap
• Lights: Front and Rear • Maintenance Platform
• Parking Brake • Power Bob-Tach®
• Seat Bar • Radio
• Seat Belt – Retractable • Radio Remote Control
• Solid-Mounted Undercarriage with 3 Rollers • Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics
• Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear) • Rear Camera Kit
• Spark Arrester Device • Rear Window Wiper
• Tailgate Lock • Reversing Fan
• Tracks, Rubber – 300 mm (11.8 in) • Road Kit
• Road Option
Options And Accessories • Rotating Beacon
• Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (Standard on Two-
Below is a list of some equipment available from your Speed Models)
Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed • Seat Belt – 3 in. Wide
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your • Special Applications Kit
Bobcat dealer for other available options and • Strobe Light
accessories. • Tilt Cylinder Guard Kit
• Two-Speed Travel (Available only on SJC equipped
• Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat loaders)
• Air Conditioning • Windows:
• Air Filter Precleaner — Externally Removable Rear Window
• Attachment Control Device (ACD) (7-Pin, 14-Pin) — Polycarbonate Rear Window
• Auto Idle (Available only on SJC equipped loaders) — Polycarbonate Side Windows
• Automatic Ride Control
• Back-up Alarm Specifications subject to change without notice and
• Bucket Shields standard items may vary.
• Cab Door with Emergency Exit

9 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

These and other attachments are approved for use on Buckets Available
this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments.
Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be
approved.

The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multijob


machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up … from
bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe, and a variety
of other attachments.
Bucket
See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved
attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance
Manuals. Many bucket styles, widths, and different capacities are
available for a variety of different applications. They
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a include Construction and Industrial, Low Profile, Fertiliser,
variety of bucket styles and sizes. and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the
correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Attachments

• Angle Broom • Pallet Fork


• Auger • Planer
• Backhoe • Rock Bucket
• Bale Handler • Scarifier
• Blades – Box, Dozer, Snow, Snow V-Blade • Scraper
• Breaker, Hydraulic • Snow Pusher
• Brush Saw • Snowblower
• Brushcat™ Rotary Cutter • Sod Layer
• Buckets • Soil Conditioner
• Combination Bucket • Spreader
• Concrete Mixer • Stabiliser, Rear
• Digger • Sweeper
• Dumping Hopper • Tiller
• Flail Cutter • Tilt-Tatch™
• Grader • Trencher
• Grapple – Farm / Utility, Industrial, Root • Utility Fork
• Landplane • Utility Frame
• Landscape Rake • Vibratory Roller
• Laser Equipment • Water Kit
• Packer Wheel • Whisker Broom

10 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Special Applications Kit Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance

• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.


• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
WARNING • Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
Some attachment applications can cause flying • Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab • Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
W-2737-0508

Figure 4

NA1026

Available for special applications to restrict material from


entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick
polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear window
[Figure 4].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be


installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.

See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

11 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Forestry Door And Window Kit Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And
Maintenance
Figure 5
• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.
• Order part number 7171104 if door frame is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
• Order kit part number 7193293 if door polycarbonate
is damaged and needs to be replaced.
• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.

Forestry Door Emergency Exit


NA1819
Figure 6

Available for special applications to prevent flying debris


and objects from entering the cab. Kit includes 19,1 mm
(0.75 in) thick laminated polycarbonate front door,
polycarbonate side windows, and polycarbonate rear
window [Figure 5]. 1
Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be
installed as part of the Forestry Door And Window Kit to
restrict material from entering cab openings.

P100984

• Inspect both emergency exit levers (Item 1)


[Figure 6], linkages, and hardware for loose or
damaged parts.
• Repair or replace if necessary.

12 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19


Pictorial Only Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

13 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The dealer and owner / operator review the


recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
Before Operation owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance recommendations on the new use.
instructions in this manual.

The Bobcat loader is highly manoeuvrable and compact.


It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions.
This presents an operator with hazards associated with
off motorway, rough terrain applications, common with
Bobcat loader usage.

The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine


with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can
kill or cause illness so use the Loader with adequate
ventilation.

The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of


the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application.
The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to
Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to
operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe
modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The
attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated
Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights).
They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat
loader. The user must check with the dealer, or Bobcat
literature, to determine safe loads of materials of
specified densities for the machine - attachment
combination.

The following publications and training materials provide


information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:

• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete


instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.

• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with


the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.

• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation


and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
available from your Bobcat dealer.

• An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator


cab of the loader. Its brief instructions are convenient
to the operator. See your Bobcat dealer for more
information on translated versions.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

14 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or co-
ordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means: A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Carefully read the message that follows. Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING machine signs (decals).
• Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
rules may include an employer’s work safety
Operator must have instructions before operating the
requirements. For driving on public roads, the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or machine must be equipped as stipulated by the local
death. regulations authorising operation on public roads in
W-2001-0502 your specific country. Regulations may identify a
hazard such as a utility line.
Have Training with Actual Operation
• Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
IMPORTANT verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
This notice identifies procedures which must be • The new operator must start in an area without
followed to avoid damage to the machine. bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
I-2019-0284 operate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt
before operating.
Know the Work Conditions
• Know the weight of the materials being handled.
DANGER Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity
(ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense
will be heavier than the same volume of less dense
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the material. Reduce the size of the load if handling
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not dense material.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. • The operator must know any prohibited uses or work
D-1002-1107 areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.
• Know the location of any underground lines.
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
WARNING when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special
Applications Kits are required for some work. See
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation for your model.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
W-2044-1107

The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good


operating condition before use.
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

15 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION

Avoid Silica Dust

Maintenance

The machine and some attachments have components


that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. arcs or sparks.
Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control
dust. Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.

The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine


cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.

All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are


flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.

Operation

Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or


hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.

Electrical

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.


Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use


the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.

SI SSL EMEA-0913

16 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding

Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect


the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use petrol or diesel fuel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
for cleaning parts. Use commercial non-flammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing non-metallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fueling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.

Fire Extinguishers

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No


smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static


ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
practices. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.

Starting

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has


glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.

Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance


Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control


the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.

Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to


make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).

Sl SSL EMEA-0913

17 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

The following publications are also available for your


Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat
dealer.

For the latest information on Bobcat products and the


Bobcat Company, visit our website at Bobcat.com

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

7250077enGB

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the


routine maintenance of your Bobcat loader.

SERVICE MANUAL

6990394enUS

Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat


loader.

OPERATOR’S
HANDBOOK

6990927enGB

Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

18 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

SJC
7168038 Standard
1 5 7168143
2 and ACS Standard
7168141 7 and ACS
7168139

Door 6990927enGB
7168025

6
SJC SJC SJC
4 7177707 Back-up
Standard and ACS SJC 7168081 7168082 8 Alarm
7168137 7168145 7180087

7206487 Standard and ACS


7168273

3-Point Restraint
3 7184346 7334844 Door Gas Door Gas
Spring Spring
7170360 7169291
Inside Cab Rear Window with Latches
7167991

Single-Point Lift
7168037 6533898 (2)
9

14
7173403 (Behind Single-Point Lift Single-Point Lift
Bob-Tach) 7168022 (2) 7142142 (2)

10
7168034
15
Four-Point Lift Four-Point Lift
7168040 7168020
11 Lift Kit Options

7168040 7265935

7168031
12 13
7168039 (2)

7168033

NA9159

19 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

7169291
17
16 7169699 6713507 (2)
7120570
18

On Gas Spring 7169877

7120573

Under Rear Grille

7167988 (2)

19
7170355 (4)
(On Hose and Tubeline)

Under Cab

7168036
7308513 21
6727595 (5)

7205727
Inside Rear Door 20
NA9160

20 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs

Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or NOTE: See the numbered MACHINE SIGNS
maintenance person to hazards that may be encountered (DECALS) on Page 19 and MACHINE SIGNS
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The (DECALS) on Page 19 for the machine
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in location of each correspondingly numbered
this section. Please become familiarised with all safety pictorial only decal.
signs installed on the machine / attachment.
1. General Hazard Warning (7168038)
Vertical Configuration
This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
right hand corner.

HAZARD
PANEL

AVOIDANCE
PANEL

Horizontal Configuration

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use the loader without instructions. Read
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Handbook.

Never modify equipment or use attachments not


approved by Bobcat Company.

On slopes, keep heavy end of loader uphill.


HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL Do not travel or turn with lift arms up. Load, unload
and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated
Operating Capacity (see sign on loader).
The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the W-2837-0310
avoidance panel(s):

Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a


safety alert triangle.

Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the


hazards.

A safety sign may contain more than one hazard panel


and more than one avoidance panel.

21 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

2. To Leave the Loader (7168141) 3. High Range Speeds (7184346)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower This safety sign is located in the operator cab on loaders
right hand corner. equipped with a seat belt with 3-point restraint.

WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

TO LEAVE THE LOADER:


1. Lower the lift arms and put attachment flat on the
ground.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Engage the brake.
4. Raise seat bar.
5. Move pedals and hand controls until both lock.
6. Exit the loader.
W-2838-0310

22 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

4. SJC Left Hand Joystick (7168082) 5. To Leave the Loader (7168143)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the left This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
armrest. right hand corner.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

TO LEAVE THE LOADER:


1. Lower the lift arms and put attachment flat on the
ground.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Engage the brake.
4. Raise seat bar.
5. Exit the loader.
W-2839-0310

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
• Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
• Know and understand the selected control mode
before operating.
W-2788-0309

23 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

6. SJC Control Pattern Switch (7177707) 7. Unexpected Loader, Lift Arm or Attachment
Movement (7168139)
This safety sign is located in the operator cab around the
SJC control pattern switch on the right panel. This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the left
side of the seat.

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
• Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
WARNING
• Know and understand the selected control mode
before operating. UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
W-2788-0309 MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908

24 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

8. Back-Up Alarm (7180087) 9. Tipping, Rollover or Loss of Visibility (7168037)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the lower This safety sign is located on the back side of the lift arms
left side. facing the operator.

WARNING
TIPPING, ROLLOVER OR LOSS OF VISIBILITY CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Carry load low.
W-2836-0310

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must maintain a clear view of the
direction of travel and look before and during
machine movement.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0118

25 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

10. Frame Raising (7168034) 11. Falling Hazard (7168040)

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader. This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Attachment can be forced against the ground and
cause front frame to raise.

Never go under or reach under lift arms or lift


cylinder without an approved lift arm support device
installed.
D-1021-0310

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Never carry riders.
• Never use loader as a man lift or work platform.
W-2835-0310

26 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

12. Lift Arm Crushing (7168033) 13. Flying Debris or Objects (7168039)

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader. This safety sign is located on compact track loader
undercarriages near the grease cylinder tensioning
fittings.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless WARNING
supported by an approved lift arm support device.
HIGH PRESSURE GREASE CAN
Moving lift arm control or failure of a part can cause CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
lift arms to drop. • Do not loosen grease fitting.
D-1020-0310
• Do not loosen bleed fitting more than 1 - 1/2
turns.
W-2781-0109

27 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

14. Single-Point Lift (7142142) 15. Four-Point Lift (7168020)

This safety sign is located on the side arm of the single- This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.
point lift.

WARNING
FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE WARNING
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE
BEFORE LIFTING LOADER: SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
1. Check the hardware and fasteners of the Single
Point Lift and Operator Cab (ROPS) for proper BEFORE LIFTING LOADER:
torque. 1. Check the hardware and fasteners at all lift points
2. Inspect Single Point Lift for damage or cracked for proper torque.
welds. Repair or replace components as 2. Inspect lift points for damage or cracked welds.
necessary. Repair or replace components as necessary.

• No riders on loader during lifting. Keep 5 m (15 ft) • No riders on loader and keep 5 m (15 ft) away
away while lifting. while lifting.
• See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more • See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more
information. information.
W-2841-0910 W-2840-0910

28 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

16. Hot Pressurised Fluid (7169699) 17. High Pressure Gas (7169291)

This safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap. This safety sign is located on the gas spring component(s)
supporting the cab and on the front door option.

WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Do not open cylinder.
• See Service Manual for more information.
W-2756-0908

WARNING
HOT PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS BURNS
• Never open hot.
• OPEN SLOWLY.
W-2755-EN-0909

29 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

18. Crush Hazard (6713507) 19. Lift Arm Crushing (7170355)

This safety sign is located on the side of each lift arm. This safety sign is located on certain hoses or tubelines
inside the loader frame underneath the operator cab.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
WARNING • Disconnecting hydraulic lines can cause the lift
arms or attachment to drop.
Keep away from the operating machine to avoid • Always use an approved lift arm support when lift
serious injury or death. arms are in a raised position.
D-1008-0409
W-2520-0106

30 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

20. Service Checklist And Schedule (7205727)

This safety sign is located inside the rear door (tailgate).

WARNING IMPORTANT
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH This machine is factory equipped with a spark
• Keep door / cover closed except for service. arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Keep engine clean of flammable material. proper function.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and • WITH MUFFLER
exhaust. The muffler chamber must be emptied every 100
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive hours of operation to keep it in working
dusts or gases or with flammable material near condition.
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine • WITH SELECTIVE CATALYST REDUCTION (SCR)
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only AND / OR DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
starting aids as approved by engine Do not remove or modify the DOC or SCR.
manufacturer. 
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and The SCR must be maintained according to the
cause serious injury. instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles. Manual for proper function.
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get • WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
medical attention. The DPF must be maintained according to the
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas. instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco Manual for proper function.
away.
• For jump start, connect negative cable to the (If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
machine engine last (never at the battery). After brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
jump start, remove negative connection at the to the exhaust system may be required and must be
engine first. maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate. regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
W-2782-0409
I-2350-EN-1114

31 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)

21. Lift Arm Support Device (7168036)

This safety sign is located on the outside of the operator cab on the lower right side.

To Engage Lift Arm Support Device:

1. Remove attachment from loader.

2. Unhook spring from pin. Hold lift arm support device. Remove pin. Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the
cylinder.

3. Hook spring into slot on top of lift arm support device.

4. Enter loader, fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, and start engine.

5. Raise lift arms until lift arm support device drops on cylinder rod.

6. Lower lift arms slowly until movement stops.

7. Stop engine. Raise seat bar. Move pedals until both pedals lock. Leave loader.

8. Install pin into rear of lift arm support device below cylinder rod.

To Disengage Lift Arm Support Device:

1. Remove pin.

2. Hook spring into bracket below lift arm.

3. Enter loader, fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, and start engine.

4. Raise lift arms until lift arm support device raises off cylinder rod. Lower lift arms.

5. Stop engine. Raise seat bar. Move pedals until both pedals lock. Leave loader.

6. Unhook spring from bracket.

7. Raise lift arm support device to storage position. Insert pin through lift arm support device and bracket.

8. Hook spring to pin.

NOTE: More illustrated and detailed information regarding Installing and Removing the lift arm support device is
located in this manual. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 132.)

32 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INTENDED USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Left Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Right Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Left Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Right Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rear View Camera System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Standard Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Advanced Control System (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Door Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Front Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60


Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

AUTO IDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

33 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62


Rear Window Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Rear Window Removal (Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
External Access (Rear Window With Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66


Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Operation (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69


Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Operation (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Operation (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

34 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS) In FOOT Pedal Mode . . . . . . . 80
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Automatic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Reversing Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . 86
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Quick Coupler Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Entering The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Joystick Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97


Standard Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Keyless Start Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Cold Temperature Engine Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
When To Consider Using Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
When To Consider Removing Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

35 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Pallet Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

TRACK UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Compact Track Loader Operating And Maintenance Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116


Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Driving On Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118


Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Four-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120


Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

36 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INTENDED USE

This machine is classified as a Skid-Steer Loader as


defined in ISO 6165. This machine has tracks and
commonly a front mounted bucket for the principle
intended functions of digging, moving, levelling, lifting,
WARNING
carrying, and loading loose materials such as earth,
gravel, or crushed rock. Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
Additional Bobcat approved attachments allow this sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
machine to perform other tasks described in the cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause injury
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manuals. or death.
W-2056-1112

Examples of intended use include:

Digging Backfilling

WARNING
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694
NA1149 NA1146

Leveling Piling Material

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

NA1145A NA13001

Loading Material Moving Palletized Loads

NA1148 NA13002

37 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION

Overview

Figure 7 Figure 9

1 2

P-90668E P127111B

The left panel [Figure 7] is described in more detail. The left (Item 1) and right (Item 2) [Figure 9] switch
(See Left Panel on Page 39.) panels are described in more detail. (See Left Switch
Panel on Page 46.) and (See Right Switch Panel on Page
Figure 8 46.)

Standard Key Keyless Start Deluxe Instrumentation Figure 10

P-85285 P-90819H P-90212J


P-85282

The right panel [Figure 8] is described in more detail.


(See Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) on Page 42.),
(See Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) on Page 43.), or
(See Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) on
Page 44.)

P-85267D

The left and right side lower panels [Figure 10] are
described in more detail. (See Left Side Lower Panel on
Page 47.) and (See Right Side Lower Panel on Page 47.)

38 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel

Figure 11

2 3 12
13

1 7
4 14 18

6 8 9 10 11 16
5 15 17

19 22
20 21

23 24

25

P-90726K

The left panel [Figure 11] is the same for all machines regardless of options and accessories.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED (Option) High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light is on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT AND TILT VALVE The light is on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light is on when the loader cannot be driven.

39 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Cont’d)

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates right turn signals are ON.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
13 (DPF) / DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID Not used.
(DEF)
Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
14 SHOULDER BELT (Option)
Remains lit while in high range.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
15 Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
MALFUNCTION
16 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) /
17 Not used.
AdBlue® LEVEL
18 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
Press once for REAR taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a
second time to turn FRONT and REAR work lights ON. REAR taillights
LIGHTS without road option
will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press a third time to turn all
lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press once for FRONT boom light, license plate light and REAR
19
taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a second time to turn
LIGHTS with road option FRONT and REAR work lights ON. FRONT boom light, license plate
light and REAR taillights will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press
a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
Press and hold 5 seconds to display software version in display screen.
Press once to engage auto idle. (Left green LED lights.) Press a
AUTO IDLE (Option)
second time to disengage. (See AUTO IDLE in this manual.)
20
Move cursor to the left inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
lights.) Press a second time to deactivate the system.
21
Move cursor to the right inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
Cycles through (after each button press):
• Hourmeter (On startup)
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
22 INFORMATION
• Drive response menu
• Steering drift compensation menu
• Maintenance clock
• Service codes*
Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
23 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this
manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is
24 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
seated in operating position. Button will light.
PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
25
loaders) disengage. (See PARKING BRAKE in this manual.)

* This manual contains a table with Service Code descriptions. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 200.)

40 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Display Screen

The display screen can display the following information:

• Operating hours
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
• Drive response setting
• Steering drift compensation setting
• Maintenance clock countdown
• Service codes
• Engine preheat countdown
• Speed management setting
• Lift and tilt compensation setting

Figure 12

3 4 5 6 7
NA3071

The display screen is shown in [Figure 12]. The data


display will show operating hours upon startup.

1. Data Display
2. Hourmeter
3. Speed Management
4. Engine Preheat
5. Engine RPM
6. Battery / Charging Voltage
7. Service

41 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Standard Key Panel)

Figure 13 The switch location (Item 2) [Figure 13] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.

FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION

Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
(ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

1 Press the top to


SELECTABLE
select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

2
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-85285

This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key


Panel [Figure 13].
ROTATING BEACON
The Standard Key Panel has a key switch (Item 1) (Option) Press the top to turn
[Figure 13] used to turn the loaders electrical system on OR light ON; bottom to
and off, and to start and stop the engine. STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
(Option)

42 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel)

Figure 14 The switch location (Item 5) [Figure 14] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.

FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
1

Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
2 3 (ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

Press the top to


SELECTABLE
4 select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn


FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-90819H

This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start


Panel [Figure 14].
ROTATING BEACON
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number (Option) Press the top to turn
code (password) to allow starting the engine. An OR light ON; bottom to
asterisk will show in the left panel display screen for STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
each key press. (Option)

2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will


display a red light to indicate a password is required
to start the loader. (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 216.)

3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock


key will display a green light to indicate the loader can
be started without a password. (See Password
Lockout Feature on Page 216.)

4. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical


system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

43 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

Figure 15 The switch location (Item 6) [Figure 15] can have


different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.
1
FUNCTION /
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
2

3 Press the top to


ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
(ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.

Press the top to


SELECTABLE
5 select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC)
select ‘H’ Control
(Option)
Pattern.

FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn


FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to
(Option) turn OFF.
P-90212J

This machine may be equipped with a Deluxe


Instrumentation Panel [Figure 15].
ROTATING BEACON
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): The keypad has two (Option) Press the top to turn
functions: OR light ON; bottom to
STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting (Option)
the engine.

- To enter a number as directed for further use of the


display screen.

2. Display Screen: The display screen is where all


system setup, monitoring, and error conditions are
displayed.

3. Scroll Buttons: Used to scroll through display screen


choices.

4. ENTER Button: Used to make selections on the


display screen.

5. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical


system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

44 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Figure 16 Change Language:

Press the left or right scroll button to cycle through the


languages. The language that is stopped on becomes
the default language used for the Deluxe Instrumentation
Panel [Figure 16].

The language can be changed at any time. (See


CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 210.)

Enter The Password:

Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password,


then press the [ENTER] button. A symbol will appear on
the display screen for each number entered. The left
NA3187
scroll button can be used to backspace if an incorrect
number is entered.

The first screen you will see on your new loader is shown If the correct password is not entered,
in [Figure 16]. [INVALID PASSWORD TRY AGAIN] will appear on the
display screen and the password will have to be
When this screen is on the display you can enter the reentered.
password and start the engine or change the default
language. See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of
screens to set up the system for your use. (See
NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 210.)
Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your
dealer will provide you with this password.
Change the password to one that you will
easily remember to prevent unauthorised use
of your loader. (See Changing The Owner
Password on Page 215.) Keep your password
in a safe location for future needs.

45 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Switch Panel Right Switch Panel

Figure 17

1 1

2 2

3 3

NA3324C

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


FOUR-WAY Press and hold the up arrow
Press the top to turn lights
1 FLASHER to disengage the Bob-Tach
ON; bottom to turn OFF.
LIGHTS (Option) POWER wedges. Press and hold the
ROTATING 1 BOB-TACH down arrow to engage the
BEACON (Option) (Option) Bob-Tach wedges into the
Press the top to turn light ON; attachment mounting frame
2 OR
bottom to turn OFF. holes.
STROBE LIGHT
(Option) Press the top of the switch to
HYDRAULIC lock the lift and tilt hydraulic
Press the top to engage 2 TRAVEL LOCK functions for travel. Press the
BUCKET
3 Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; bottom of the switch to turn
POSITIONING
bottom to disengage. travel lock OFF.
(Option)
AUTOMATIC Press the top to engage Automatic Operation - middle
4 RIDE CONTROL Automatic Ride Control; REVERSING FAN position; Manual Operation -
3
(Option) bottom to disengage. (Option) press top momentarily; press
bottom to disengage.
5 NOT USED –––
4 NOT USED –––
NOTE: Earlier models did not have switch locations
four and five on the left switch panel.

46 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Side Lower Panel Right Side Lower Panel

Figure 18 Figure 19

1
2

3 3

1 2

4
4

P-85282 P-85267D

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Turn clockwise to increase fan Provides a 12 volt receptacle
1 POWER PORT
FAN MOTOR speed; anticlockwise to for accessories.
1
(Option) decrease. There are four 2 RADIO (Option) See Radio in this manual.
positions; OFF-1-2-3.
Used to connect headphones
Press top of switch to start; HEADPHONE to the optional radio output.
AIR 3
bottom to stop. Switch will JACK (Option) Automatically silences
CONDITIONING /
2 light when started. Fan Motor speakers when used.
DEFROST
(Item 1) must be ON for air
SWITCH (Option) SPEAKER Right speaker used with
conditioning to operate. 4
(Option) optional radio.
TEMPERATURE Turn clockwise to increase the
3 CONTROL temperature; anticlockwise to
(Option) decrease.
SPEAKER Left speaker used with
4
(Option) optional radio.

47 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio

This machine may be equipped with a radio.

Figure 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9 10

11 12
8
13

14 15

17

16
NA3090

The table on the next page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the controls of the radio
[Figure 20].

NOTE: See DISPLAY in the table for clock setting instructions.

48 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio (Cont’d)

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


1 POWER Press to turn ON; press again to turn OFF.
Press to mute audio output; [MUTE] will appear in display screen; press again to turn
2 MUTE
OFF.
Press to toggle between function mode (showing tuner frequency, auxiliary input, weather
band information, or timer) and clock mode.
3 DISPLAY Press and hold to enter clock setting mode; use FREQUENCY DOWN (TUN -) button to
adjust hours and FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) button to adjust minutes; normal operation
will resume automatically.
4 BAND Press to select tuner mode. Press to cycle through 2 AM (MW) bands and 3 FM bands.
Press to select Auxiliary Input mode. Portable audio device (MP3 player) must be
5 AUXILIARY
attached to auxiliary input jack.
Press to select weather band; use FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) and FREQUENCY DOWN
(TUN -) buttons to adjust to the clearest station.
6 WEATHER BAND The weather alert feature, if activated, will automatically switch from the current function to
the weather band if a weather warning is received. See AUDIO / MENU ADJUSTMENT in
this table.
Press to access timer mode. Press to start the timer function; press again to stop timer;
7 TIMER
press again to resume timer or press and hold to reset timer and exit from timer mode.
8 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays the time, frequency, and activated functions.
9 VOLUME UP Adjusts volume up; current volume (0 – 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
AUDIO ADJUSTMENT: Press to cycle through bass, treble, and balance settings; use
VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option
is displayed; normal operation will resume automatically.
MENU ADJUSTMENT: Press and hold for 3 seconds to enter menu adjustment settings;
press to cycle through the following settings; use VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME
DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal operation will
AUDIO / MENU resume automatically.
10 • Beep Confirm (On or Off) – Determines if beep will sound with each button press.
ADJUSTMENT
• Operation Region (USA or Europe) – Selects the appropriate region.
• Clock Display (12 or 24) – Selects a 12-hour or 24-hour clock display.
• Display Brightness (Low, Medium, or High) – Determines brightness level of display
screen.
• Backlight Colour (Amber or Green) – Determines backlight colour of display screen.
• Power On Volume (0 – 40) – Selects default volume setting when radio is turned on.
• WB Alert (On or Off) – Determines if weather band alert feature is activated.
11 FREQUENCY DOWN Press to manually tune the radio frequency down.
12 FREQUENCY UP Press to manually tune the radio frequency up.
13 VOLUME DOWN Adjusts volume down; current volume (0 – 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
SEEK FREQUENCY
14 Press to automatically tune frequency down to next strong station.
DOWN
SEEK FREQUENCY
15 Press to automatically tune frequency up to next strong station.
UP
Used to store and recall stations for each AM and FM band. Press and hold to store
16 PRESET STATIONS
current station; press button to recall station.
AUXILIARY INPUT Connect headphone or line output of portable audio device (MP3 player) to 3,5 mm (1/8
17
JACK in) jack and press AUXILIARY button.

49 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Rear View Camera System

This machine may be equipped with a rear view camera system.

A rear view camera system is not a substitute for keeping Figure 22


bystanders away from the work area. Operators must
remain fully aware of the surroundings using direct
visibility and the rear view camera system. The operator
must service and maintain the camera system to ensure
proper function.

Figure 21 1

NA13739

1 The table below explains the function of each button


(Item 1) [Figure 22] on the camera display.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

Press to turn display ON;


POWER
press again to turn OFF.

Press to navigate up through


P127716 UP menu screen choices; also
used to adjust menu settings.
The camera display is located above the front door Press to navigate down
[Figure 21]. through menu screen
DOWN
choices; also used to adjust
NOTE: Objects viewed on the camera display are menu settings.
closer than they appear. Press to select the highlighted
function or option setting.
The rotating icon (Item 1) [Figure 21] in the upper left
corner of the display indicates a live broadcast from the Pressing the select button
camera. while on the main screen will
SELECT change the camera input to a
If the icon freezes, it indicates that the camera is not blank screen labeled CAM2 or
supplying a live broadcast and service may be required. CAM3. Press the button until
the input is returned to CAM1
for normal system operation.
Press to enter the menu

WARNING MENU settings; also used to return to


previous menu.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Commonly used menu settings:


• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path. • PICTURE - Brightness, contrast, color, tint
• The operator must maintain a clear view of the • SETTING - Screen saver, auto power
direction of travel and look before and during • MISCELLANEOUS - Language, reset.
machine movement.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0118

50 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Rear View Camera System (Cont’d)

Figure 23 1. Make a mark on the ground 1,25 m (4 ft) behind the


machine.

2 2. Loosen the screws (Item 1) [Figure 24] of the clamp


holding the camera.
1
3. Turn the key switch to RUN without starting the
engine. Turn the display ON.

Figure 25

P127717
1

The rear camera (Item 1) is located inside a bracket (Item


2) [Figure 23] mounted on top of the rear door.

Perform the following daily or as needed:


2
• Clean the lens of the camera using a soft cloth and
clean water.
P127716

• Remove mud, snow, ice or other debris that could


affect the clear view provided by the camera system. 4. Look at the camera display through the rear window
of the machine. The image should be as a mirror, an
• Verify proper camera adjustment. Adjust camera if object to the left of the machine appears on the left of
needed. the display. See display menu to adjust if needed.

• Replace damaged rear view camera system 5. Adjust the camera down until the rear door (Item 2) is
components. See your Bobcat dealer for service and just visible on the display. Ensure the camera is
parts. centered left and right. The mark on the ground (Item
1) [Figure 25] from step 1 should be visible on the
Rear Camera Adjustment display.

Figure 24 6. Tighten the screws to 0,8 – 1,0 N•m (7 – 8.8 in-lb)


torque.

7. Turn the key switch to OFF.


1

NA3351

Perform the following steps to adjust the rear camera:

51 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION

Description

This loader has three control configurations available to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader:

• Standard Controls – Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.

• Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) – Uses a choice of foot pedals or handles for lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) – Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader.

Standard Controls

Figure 26

1 2 3 10 11 12
5
6

7 8
13
9
4
NA3102 / NA5717 / NA3101

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
signal; centre position to turn off.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
2 Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
6 STEERING LEVERS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
7 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
10 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
11 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
12 NOT USED –––
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
13
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

52 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS)

Figure 27

1 2 3 11 12 13
6

8 9
4
14
5 10
NA3100 / NA5718 / NA3101

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
signal; centre position to turn off.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
2 Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
3 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
5 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
6 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
STEERING LEVERS and LIFT / TILT See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
7
HANDLES CONTROLS in this manual.
8 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
10 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
11 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
12 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
13 NOT USED –––
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
14
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

53 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)

Figure 28

1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9

10

7 19
11
18
6
12
NA3108 / NA5719 / NA3109

ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION


TWO-SPEED CONTROL See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
1
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
2*
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
3
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
4*
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
9 JOYSTICKS
CONTROLS in this manual.
10 FOOTRESTS Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
11 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
14 * NOT USED –––
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
16 * NOT USED –––
Press the top to activate right signal; press again to turn off. Press
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
the bottom to activate left signal; press again to turn off.
18 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW)
19
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS in this manual.

* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

54 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR CAB

Description Door Operation

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a front door.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 30
worn for rollover protection.

WARNING 1

Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,


drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from 2
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200

P-90349A P115135

Side Windows Push the knob (Item 1) and pull the handle (Item 2) to
open the front door. A lock is provided in the knob (Inset)
Figure 29 [Figure 30] to lock the front door when the loader is not
in use.

Figure 31

P-85314A

Pull the knob (Item 1) [Figure 29] and slide backward to P107185A
open window. Release knob at cutout to lock in desired
position. Pull the knob and slide forward to close window.
Pull the front door closed using the handle (Item 2)
[Figure 31].

Pull the lever (Item 1) toward you to unlatch the front


door. Push on the handle (Item 2) [Figure 31] to open
the front door.

55 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Front Wiper Cab Light

This machine may be equipped with a front wiper. The cab light is located above the operator’s left
shoulder.
Figure 32
Figure 34

P-90601A
NA3103 1
P-85586C

Press the left side of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 32] to


start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Push either side of the lens (Item 1) [Figure 34] to turn
Press the right side of the switch to stop the wiper. the light ON. Return the lens to the middle position to turn
the light OFF.
Figure 33

P-90350A

The washer fluid tank is located to the left of the operator


seat. Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1).
Remove the cap (Item 2) [Figure 33] to add washer fluid.

56 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

Description Operation

Figure 36

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it 3
1 2
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-1111

Figure 35 NA3267

There are three display lights (Items 1, 2, and 3)


[Figure 36] located on the left instrument panel that must
be OFF to fully operate the machine.

When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the parking brake is released; the lift, tilt, auxiliary
1 hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, auxiliary


hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated.

P-90674E

The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a


WARNING
pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 35]. The
operator controls the use of the seat bar. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
WARNING •

Stop the engine.
Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
When operating the machine: position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. drive functions are deactivated.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
and hands on the controls. when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
W-2261-0909 service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the
operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before
the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive
functions can be operated. The seat belt must be
fastened anytime you operate the machine.

57 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Description Operation

Figure 37 When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if
equipped) are locked when returned to NEUTRAL
position.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-90674E
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with the ground.
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 37]. • Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat • Raise the seat bar.
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
seat. position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


WARNING when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

58 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PARKING BRAKE TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE

Operation Description

Figure 38 Figure 39

1
2 1

P-90681A P-90726M

Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 38] to (Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The
engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK
turn ON. The traction drive system is locked. OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 39] on the left
instrument panel that will allow you to use the steering
Move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and controls to move the loader forward and backward when
backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. See using the backhoe attachment.
your Bobcat dealer for service if loader fails to stop.
Operation
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 38] to
disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once to
will turn OFF. The traction drive system is unlocked. unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2)
[Figure 39] is OFF.
NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
instrument panel will remain ON until the Press the button a second time to lock the traction drive.
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 39] is ON.
LOADER button is pressed, and the parking
brake is disengaged. NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will
unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is
raised and the engine is running.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will


function if the parking brake is in the engaged
or disengaged position and the engine is
running. If the Parking Brake switch is turned
ON, the red light in the Parking Brake switch
will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK
OVERRIDE is engaged.

59 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL AUTO IDLE

Operation Auto Idle is available on SJC equipped machines.

Figure 40 Description

The auto idle feature (when engaged) reduces the engine


speed to low idle when the joysticks are in NEUTRAL and
not used for about five seconds.

All of the following conditions / actions must be met to


allow the engine speed to reduce to low idle when auto
idle is ON:

• Joysticks are not moved out of NEUTRAL.


• Auxiliary hydraulics is not engaged.
1 • Foot operated engine speed control pedal is not
depressed.
• Engine speed controls are not moved.
P107184
Any of the following conditions / actions return the engine
speed to the set position from low idle:
The engine speed control (Item 1) [Figure 40] is located
alongside the door frame below the right panel. • Moving a joystick out of NEUTRAL.
• Engaging auxiliary hydraulics.
Turn the knob clockwise to increase engine speed. Turn • Moving either engine speed control.
the knob anticlockwise to decrease engine speed.
NOTE: The five second time delay before the engine
NOTE: The full range of the engine speed control will speed reduces to low idle can be changed on
not be available until the engine controller machines equipped with a Deluxe
determines the engine is adequately warmed. Instrumentation Panel. (See Auto Idle Time
Delay on Page 211.)
Figure 41
Operation

Figure 42

1
2

P107096 NA3267

SJC equipped machines have a foot operated engine Press the button (Item 2) to engage auto idle. The light
speed control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 41] in addition to the (Item 1) [Figure 42] is ON.
engine speed control knob. The pedal is located on the
right side floor above the footrest. Press the button again to disengage auto idle. The light is
OFF.

NOTE: Always disengage the auto idle feature when


loading or unloading the loader on a trailer.

60 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL

Description Operation

Figure 43 Perform the procedure below to operate the lift arm


bypass control:

1. Sit in the operator's seat.

1 2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar.

3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 43] 90° clockwise.

4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower.

NA3091 P100996

The lift arm bypass control (Item 1) [Figure 43], located


to the right of the operator’s seat, is used to lower the lift
arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal
operations.

61 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

EMERGENCY EXIT

The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.

Rear Window Identification

Figure 44 There are two different procedures for removing the rear
window from your machine:
Latches Rubber Cord
1. This window is equipped with latches [Figure 44].

2 2. This window is equipped with a rubber cord and tag


[Figure 44].

1 NOTE: Use these procedures to remove the rear


window only under emergency conditions.
P-85309B P-64994G
Damage to machine may occur.

—————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Rear Window Removal (Latches) Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord)

Figure 45 Figure 47

P-85309A P-64994F

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 45] in until they Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove
disengage from the window frame. the rubber cord [Figure 47].

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

Figure 46 Figure 48

P115136 P115136

Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 46]. Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 48].

62 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

External Access (Rear Window With Latches) External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord)

Figure 49 A kit is available to allow removal of the rubber cord


equipped rear window from outside the machine. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
1
Figure 51

P-90669A

The rear window can be removed from outside the loader


using a T40 TORX® Drive tool. Turn both screws (Item 1)
P13982
[Figure 49] anticlockwise until the latches disengage
from the window frame. Pull the top of the window away
from the cab and lift up to remove. Pull both handles (Item 1) [Figure 51] up and out to
remove the rear window.
OR
Front Door
Figure 50
NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door
only under emergency conditions. Damage to
1 machine may occur.

Figure 52

P-90669C

A kit is available to allow removal of the latch equipped


rear window from outside the machine without tools. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
P-90725

Turn both knobs (Item 1) [Figure 50] anticlockwise until


the latches disengage from the window frame. Pull the Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 52] down until they
top of the window away from the cab and lift up to disengage from the door frame.
remove.
Push the door out of the operator cab door frame and exit
through the opening.

63 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

Front Door (Cont’d)

Front Door Reassembly

Reassemble the front door using the following Figure 55


instructions if the door was opened using the emergency
exit procedure.

Figure 53
2
1

2 P-90685

Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door


hinges (Item 2) [Figure 55] on the door. (Bottom hinge
P-85781A
shown.)

NOTE: Later models route the washer fluid hose Figure 56


differently and will not require this step.

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid 1


hose (Item 1) (if equipped) [Figure 53].

Figure 54
2

2
3

P-90686A

1
Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care
to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 56] up to
lock cast washer into position. (Bottom hinge shown.)
P-85588A P-85589A
(Plastic cap shown removed for visual clarity.)

Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring Install door on loader.
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 54]. Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
Remove the door hinges from the loader. clip to lock into position [Figure 54].

Connect electrical connector and washer fluid hose


(if equipped) [Figure 53].

64 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a back-up alarm.

Description Operation

Figure 57

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must maintain a clear view of the
direction of travel and look before and during
1 machine movement.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0118

P-85645B
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves
both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the
The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 57] is located on the reverse position is required with hydrostatic
inside of the rear door. transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.

A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions,
rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for see inspection and maintenance instructions for the
keeping bystanders away from the work area. back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance
Operators must always look in the direction of travel, section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
including reverse, and must also keep bystanders away on Page 135.)
from the work area, even though the loader is equipped
with a back-up alarm.

Operators must be trained to always look in the direction


of travel, including when operating the loader in
reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work
area. Other workers should be trained to always keep
away from the operator’s work area and travel path.

65 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER

Available Control Configurations Figure 59


STANDARD AND ACS
This loader has three control configurations available:
FORWARD BACKWARD
• Standard Controls – Two steering levers control drive
and steering functions.

• Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) – Two 1 2


steering levers control drive and steering functions.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option):

(‘ISO’ Pattern) – Left joystick controls the drive and LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
steering functions.

(‘H’ Pattern) – Left and right joysticks control left and


right side drive and steering functions. 3 4

Operation (Standard And ACS)

WARNING LEFT FAST TURN RIGHT FAST TURN

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


When operating the machine: 5 6
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909
Steering Lever Functions (Drive And Steering)
Figure 58 [Figure 59]:

1. Forward Travel – Push both levers forward.

2. Backward Travel – Pull both levers backward.

3. Left Turn – Move the right lever farther forward than


the left lever.
1
4. Right Turn – Move the left lever farther forward than
the right lever.

5. Left Fast Turn – Move the left lever backward and the
right lever forward.

6. Right Fast Turn – Move the right lever backward and


P-85456B
the left lever forward.

The steering levers (Item 1) [Figure 58] are on the left


and right side in front of the seat.

Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and


stopping.

66 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern

Figure 60 Figure 62
SJC IN ‘ISO’ CONTROL PATTERN

LEFT JOYSTICK
1 FORWARD BACKWARD

1 2
N N

P-85307I
NA3049
FORWARD LEFT FORWARD RIGHT
TURN TURN
Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the
switch (Item 1) [Figure 60].
3 4
N N

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH BACKWARD LEFT BACKWARD RIGHT
When operating the machine: TURN TURN
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered. 5 6
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on
control levers. N N
W-2399-0501

Figure 61
LEFT FAST TURN RIGHT FAST TURN

1
7 8
N N

Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 62]:

1. Forward Travel – Move joystick forward.


2. Backward Travel – Move joystick backward.
3. Forward Left Turn – Move joystick forward and to the
left.
P-90675 4. Forward Right Turn – Move joystick forward and to
the right.
5. Backward Left Turn – Move joystick backward and to
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left
the right.
side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 61].
6. Backward Right Turn – Move joystick backward and
to the left.
Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and
7. Left Fast Turn – Move joystick to the left.
stopping.
8. Right Fast Turn – Move joystick to the right.

67 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern

Figure 63 Figure 65
SJC IN ‘H’ CONTROL PATTERN

LEFT RIGHT
JOYSTICK JOYSTICK

1 N N FORWARD
1

P-85307I
NA3049

2 N N BACKWARD
Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of
the switch (Item 1) [Figure 63].

WARNING 3 N N LEFT TURN

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered. 4 RIGHT TURN
N N
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on
control levers.
W-2399-0501

Figure 64 LEFT FAST


5 N N TURN

RIGHT FAST
6 N N TURN

1
Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 65]:

1. Forward Travel – Move both joysticks forward.


2. Backward Travel – Move both joysticks backward.
P-90674E 3. Forward Left Turn – Move the right joystick farther
forward than the left joystick.
4. Forward Right Turn – Move the left joystick farther
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located
forward than the right joystick.
on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1)
5. Left Fast Turn – Move the left joystick backward and
[Figure 64].
the right joystick forward.
6. Right Fast Turn – Move the left joystick forward and
Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and
the right joystick backward.
stopping.

68 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STOPPING THE LOADER

Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks

When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the


NEUTRAL position, the hydrostatic transmission will act
as a service brake to stop the loader.

69 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TWO-SPEED CONTROL

Description Operation

Two-speed is available on SJC equipped machines. High


range allows you to reduce cycle times when there is a
long travel distance between the dig site and the dump
site. You can also use the high range when travelling from
WARNING
one jobsite to another at faster speeds.
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
WARNING operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908

HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS Figure 67


CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when 1
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908

Figure 66
NA3107 NA3268 NA3112

2
Left Joystick Right Joystick

2
P-85812A

1
P107005C P107006C

P-85815A

NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management


NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when before you can select high range.
selecting high range operation [Figure 66].
Press the top of the switch (Item 2) on the left joystick for
Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
lap belt across to the right side of the seat and fasten located on the left instrument panel (Item 1) [Figure 67]
(Item 2) [Figure 66]. will come on.

Press the bottom of the switch for low range.


The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left
shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips.

70 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SPEED MANAGEMENT

Speed Management is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description

Speed Management allows the loader to be manoeuvred at a slower travel speed, even during maximum movement of the
joystick(s).

This feature can be useful when installing attachments, loading or unloading, and certain applications. (EXAMPLES:
Landscaping, tilling, trenching)

Operation

NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only – You must be in low When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will
range speed to engage Speed Management. travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in
Figure 68 the display (Item 2) [Figure 69].

Left Joystick Right Joystick NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by
the operator. (See Changing The Factory
2 Default Setting on Page 72.)
3
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of
the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 68] to increase
1 the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the switch
(Item 3) [Figure 68] to decrease the speed down to 1%
P107005D P107006D [SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the display
(Items 2, 3, and 4) [Figure 69].
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 68] on the left joystick
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 68] again to disengage
once to engage Speed Management.
Speed Management and return to Standard Travel
Speed. [STD] (Item 5) [Figure 69] will appear in the
Figure 69
display.

The system will retain the speed percentage as long as


the loader remains ON.
1
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%,
then disengage Speed Management to reposition
the loader, and then reengage Speed
Management. The speed percentage will still be at
40%.

EXAMPLE: Turning the key switch to STOP will


NA3269
return the Speed Management setting to default.
The next time you start the engine and engage
2 3 4 Speed Management, the speed is set at 57%
(factory default setting) or the last default setting
saved by the operator. (See Changing The Factory
5 Default Setting on Page 72.)
NA3073 / NA3074 / NA3075 / NA3076
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only – You must
The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 69] will disengage Speed Management before you
appear in the display and remain on until the Speed can select high range.
Management button is pressed again or the machine is
turned off.

71 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)

Changing The Factory Default Setting

The Speed Management factory default setting can be Figure 71


changed by the operator to save adjustment time.

EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for


trenching and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
57%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.
NA3270
Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page
57.)
The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] [Figure 71]
Figure 70 (## will indicate the percentage you selected) and remain
in Speed Management mode.
Left Joystick Right Joystick
Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 70] on the left
2 joystick or turning the machine off will disengage Speed
Management and return the loader to Standard Travel
3 Speed.

When Speed Management is first selected each time the


1
machine is started, the percentage you selected is the
P107005D P107006D default setting. Speed Management can still be adjusted
from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.

Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower The default setting can be changed any time the operator
(Item 3) [Figure 70] by pressing the Speed Control chooses.
switch until the desired default setting is displayed.

Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 70] on the left
joystick to save the default setting.

72 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVE RESPONSE

Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
the loaders drive and steering systems are when the THE ENGINE procedures:
operator moves the joystick(s).
1. Fasten seat belt.
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for
different drive response preferences, various job 2. Lower seat bar.
conditions, and attachment use.
3. Put joysticks in NEUTRAL position.
NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect
braking or stopping the loader. 4. Start the engine.

There are three drive response settings: 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

• [DR-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to 6. Current drive response setting is displayed briefly in
joystick movement. (Drive only) the data display.

• [DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal


responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive
only)

• [DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to


joystick movement. (Drive only)

73 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d)

Figure 72 Saving The Drive Response Setting:

The current drive response setting can be saved by


pressing the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 72] to
exit from the drive response adjustment menu.

OR
2
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the drive
response setting will be saved and the display screen will
3 change to the hourmeter.

1 NOTE: Machines equipped with a Deluxe


NA3267
Instrumentation Panel will save the drive
response setting for each user. Example: If
4 5 6 user 1 saves the setting [DR-2], the machine
will be in [DR-2] the next time user 1 password
NA3087 / NA3088 / NA3089 is entered.
Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005D P107006D

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data


display until the drive response menu is displayed. The
current drive response setting will appear in the data
display (Item 1) [Figure 72].

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 72] on


the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
drive response are effective immediately.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 72] on the


left joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the drive
response are effective immediately.

Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left joystick to scroll down through the three
drive response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6). Press the
right scroll button on the left panel or the right button of
the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive
response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6) [Figure 72].

74 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION

Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in forward THE ENGINE procedures:
and reverse directions.
1. Fasten seat belt.
Examples of applications where this feature can be used:
2. Lower seat bar.
• To compensate for normal variations such as track
tension and track wear. 3. Put joysticks in NEUTRAL position.

• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, 4. Start the engine.


planers, and silt fence installers.
5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
• Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road
surfaces. 6. Current drive response setting is displayed briefly in
the data display.
Figure 73

Steering Drift Compensation

NA3232A

Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21


settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any
point from NEUTRAL to [SFL10] or [SRL10] left, and
from NEUTRAL to [SFR10] or [SRR10] right. [SF---] or
[SR---] is displayed when set for NEUTRAL [Figure 73].

75 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d)

Figure 74 Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left control to adjust the machine left.
[SFL01] (Item 4) through a maximum of [SFL10] will
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 74]. The
number will increase by one each time you press the
button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of
steering drift compensation to the left.
2
Press the right scroll button on the left panel or the right
button on the left control to adjust the machine back
3 toward centre. The display will decrease down to
NEUTRAL displayed as [SF---] (Item 5). Another press of
1 the upper right button will cause [SFR01] (Item 6) to
NA3267
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 74]. The
number will increase by one each time you press the
4 5 6 button up to a maximum of [SFR10]. The higher the
number, the greater the amount of steering drift
NA3227 / NA3229 / NA3231 compensation to the right.
Left Right Forward steering drift compensation setting can be
adjusted with the steering controls in NEUTRAL or during
forward travel. Reverse steering drift compensation
setting can be adjusted during reverse travel. The letter
[R] will appear in place of the letter [F] in the data display
when setting reverse steering drift compensation.
7
(EXAMPLES: [SRL01], [SRR01], and [SR---].

P107005D P107006D Exiting The Steering Drift Compensation Menu:

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data Press the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 74] to exit
display until the steering drift compensation menu is from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu.
displayed. The current steering drift compensation setting
will appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 74]. OR

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 74] on If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the display
the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to screen will change to the hourmeter.
steering drift compensation are effective immediately and
saved automatically.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 74] on the


left control to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
steering drift compensation are effective immediately and
saved automatically.

76 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION

Lift and Tilt Compensation is available on ACS and SJC equipped machines.

Description Operation

Lift and Tilt Compensation can be used to adjust the lift NOTE: Lift and Tilt Compensation should be
and tilt control sensitivity. This enables the operator to performed when the machine has been
increase or decrease the amount of control movement warmed to operating temperature and any
before lift up, lift down, tilt back, and tilt out begins. The attachment has been removed.
operator can change each setting to their preference.
Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
EXAMPLE: Your machine is being used with a THE ENGINE procedures:
mower attachment. The mower slowly lowers
because you move the controls slightly when 1. Fasten seat belt.
passing over extremely rough ground. Adjusting
the lift down control to a low setting will provide 2. Lower seat bar and engage the parking brake.
an increased NEUTRAL band and allow for more
control movement before the lift arms move. 3. Put handles or joysticks in NEUTRAL position.

The procedure that follows provides a starting point for 4. Start the engine.
the lift and tilt control compensation. Operators can
adjust the settings to account for attachment weight, 5. (ACS) – Select hand control operation.
engine rpm and application.
OR

(SJC) – Select ‘H’ control pattern.

6. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Raise the lift arms approximately 1 m (3 ft) off the


ground and tilt the Bob-Tach frame forward
approximately 300 mm (1 ft).

8. Raise and lower the seat bar to engage the interlocks


and enable the procedure to be performed.

9. Increase engine speed to high idle.

10. Continue with the correct procedure for your machine.


(See Operation (ACS) on Page 78.) or (See
Operation (SJC) on Page 79.)

NOTE: When the procedure has begun, raising the


seat bar will cause the machine to disengage
from lift and tilt compensation. Changes made
to the lift and tilt compensation settings will
NOT be saved.

77 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (ACS)

This procedure is described using hand controls. The 2. Move the left handle outward and hold. [LU ##] (Item
procedure can be performed using foot pedals on ACS 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 75]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 75 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.

NOTE: If the lift arms begin to move immediately,


move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 75] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move the left handle inward and hold. [LD ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3278 (Item 9) [Figure 75] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
3 4 5 4. Move the right handle inward and hold. [TB ##] (Item
6) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 75] to the right repeatedly until a
6 7 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156

Left Handle Right Handle 5. Move the right handle outward and hold. [TO ##]
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the
switch (Item 9) [Figure 75] to the right repeatedly until
9 a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.

Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:


8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 75]. The machine will exit from
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
P107000C P100997C

OR
LTC – Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU – Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD – Lift Down compensation menu without saving. This will cancel all
TB – Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO – Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 75] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold the float button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC] (Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 75].

78 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC)

This procedure is described using the ‘H’ control pattern. 2. Move the left joystick outward and hold. [LU ##] (Item
The procedure can be performed using the ‘ISO’ control 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
pattern on SJC equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 76]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 76 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.

NOTE: If the lift arms begin to move immediately,


move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 76] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move the left joystick inward and hold. [LD ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3278 (Item 9) [Figure 76] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
3 4 5 4. Move the right joystick inward and hold. [TB ##] (Item
6) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 76] to the right repeatedly until a
6 7 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156

Left Joystick Right Joystick 5. Move the right joystick outward and hold. [TO ##]
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the
switch (Item 9) [Figure 76] to the right repeatedly until
9 a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
is noticed.

Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:


8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 76]. The machine will exit from
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
P107005C P107006C

OR
LTC – Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU – Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD – Lift Down compensation menu without saving. This will cancel all
TB – Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO – Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 76] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold the float button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC] (Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 76].

79 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS

Description

Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.

Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP THEM THERE any time you operate the loader.

Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS) In FOOT Pedal Mode

Figure 77 Lift Arm Float Position (With ACS) – (Left Pedal And Left
Handle)

Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the left
pedal is in NEUTRAL. Push the toe of the pedal
forward to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 77],
3
then release the button.

NA3099 Press Float button (Item 3) again or raise the lift arms
(Item 1) [Figure 77] to disengage.
2
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward.

1 Figure 78
NA1177 NA3104

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Pedal)


2
Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 77] of the pedal to
raise the lift arms.

Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 77] of the pedal to lower 1


the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position – (Left Pedal) NA1177 NA3104

Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 77] all the Tilt Operation – (Right Pedal)
way forward until the pedal locks into the float
position. Push the heel of the pedal (Item 1) [Figure 78] to tilt
the bucket backward.
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 77] to disengage.
Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 78] to tilt
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose the bucket forward.
material while driving backward.

80 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control
Mode Pattern

Figure 79 Figure 81

1 2 2

3
3

1
NA1177 NA3099
NA1177 NA3052

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Handle)


Lift Arm Operation – (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the handle outward (Item 1) [Figure 79] to raise
the lift arms. Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 81] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the handle inward (Item 2) [Figure 79] to lower
the lift arms. Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 81] to
lower the lift arms.
Lift Arm Float Position – (Left Handle)
Lift Arm Float Position – (Right Hand Joystick)
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the
handle is in NEUTRAL. Move the handle to lift arm Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the
down position (Item 2) [Figure 79], then release the joystick is in NEUTRAL. Move the joystick to lift arm
button. down position (Item 2) [Figure 81], then release the
button.
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the handle
to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 79] to Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick
disengage. to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 81] to
disengage.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward.
Figure 80
Figure 82
1 2
1 2

NA1177 NA3099 NA1177 NA3052

Tilt Operation – (Right Handle) Tilt Operation – (Right Hand Joystick)

Move the handle inward (Item 1) [Figure 80] to tilt the Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 82] to tilt
bucket backward. the bucket backward.

Move the handle outward (Item 2) [Figure 80] to tilt Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 82] to tilt
the bucket forward. the bucket forward.

81 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Hydraulic Bucket Positioning


Pattern
This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket
Figure 83 Positioning.

1 2 The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the


bucket at the same approximate angle as the lift arms are
raised.

Figure 85

3
NA1177 NA3052

Lift Arm Operation – (Left Hand Joystick)

Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 83] to


raise the lift arms.

Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 83] to lower


the lift arms. 1

Lift Arm Float Position – (Left And Right Hand Joysticks)

Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the


joysticks are in NEUTRAL. Move the left joystick to lift
arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 83], then release
the button.

Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the left


joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 83] to
disengage.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose


material while driving backward.

Figure 84

NA3326A
1 2

Press the top of the Bucket Positioning switch (Item 1)


[Figure 85] on the left switch panel to engage the bucket
positioning function. The amber light in the switch will
turn ON.

Press the bottom of the switch to disengage. The amber


NA1177 NA3052
light will turn OFF.

Tilt Operation – (Right Hand Joystick) Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.

Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 84] to tilt


the bucket backward.

Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 84] to tilt


the bucket forward.

82 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Automatic Ride Control

This machine may be equipped with Automatic Ride


Control.

Automatic ride control provides a smoother ride, reduced WARNING


load spillage, and improved machine control when
traveling over uneven ground with heavy loads or in AVOID UNEXPECTED LIFT ARM MOVEMENT
heavy digging applications. Operating with the Automatic Ride Control switch in
the AUTO position may result in the lift arms slowly
Figure 86 raising during certain conditions when the operator
moves the hydraulic controls in a specific manner:

1. A small or no load on the lift arms. EXAMPLE:


1 Empty bucket or no attachment installed.

WITH

2. High hydraulic pressure in the tilt or auxiliary


hydraulic system. EXAMPLE: Holding the tilt
control forward or backward after it stops moving
OR when an attachment hydraulic motor is
NA13060 stalled.

AND

3. While moving the lift control to raise or lower the


lift arms.
NA3326A
NOTE: The slow upward movement of the lift arms
will continue briefly even after the operator
Press the top of the Automatic Ride Control switch
moves the hydraulic controls back to
(Item 1) [Figure 86] on the left switch panel to engage
NEUTRAL under the conditions and operation
the automatic ride control function.
described above.
The loader software will engage and disengage ride
Disengage the automatic ride control functions for
control automatically based on lift arm load and
applications where precise lift arm control is
operation.
required or whenever unexpected lift arm movement
is not desired.
The automatic ride control system uses an accumulator W-3017-0816
that requires occasional service. (See AUTOMATIC RIDE
CONTROL ACCUMULATOR on Page 192.)

Press the bottom of the switch to disengage.

NOTE: Certain applications will not benefit from


using automatic ride control. Turn OFF when
using certain attachments for better
performance.

83 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Reversing Fan

This machine may be equipped with a Reversing Fan. NOTE: To protect vital systems, the fan will not
reverse when fluid temperatures approach
The function of the reversing fan is to clear dust and overheating conditions. Cleaning or servicing
debris from the rear grille. This is accomplished by the cooling system may be required to
reversing the direction of the cooling fan for several continue operation. (See Cleaning on Page
seconds. 154.)

The operator can select automatic or manual operation of Figure 88


the reversing fan.

Figure 87

NA3333

Reversing fan is disabled when the engine coolant or


NA3321 hydraulic fluid temperature is too high or too low.

Selecting manual operation of the reversing fan when


disabled will cause the following indications:

1. The alarm will beep once.


NA3233C

2. Service code [RFOFF] will appear in the data display


Automatic: [Figure 88] for several seconds.

• Press the top of the Reversing Fan switch (Item 1)


[Figure 87] on the right switch panel to put the switch
into the middle position.

• The machine will reverse the fan automatically based


on fluid temperature as long as automatic operation is
selected.

Manual:

• Fully press the top of the Reversing Fan switch


(Item 1) [Figure 87] on the right switch panel to
perform one reversing cycle.

• The switch will return to automatic operation when


released.

The top of the switch will light in the Automatic and


Manual positions.

Press the bottom of the switch to disengage.

84 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation

Figure 89 SJC (If Equipped)

Figure 91

Left Joystick Right Joystick

1
1
2

NA3267

Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 89] P107005C P107006C
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 89] is ON. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 90] or [Figure 91] to the right or left to change
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) direction of the auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
quick couplers. If you move the switch halfway, the
Figure 90 auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half
speed. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.)
Left Handle Right Handle
Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch to stop
hydraulic fluid flow to the front quick couplers.
1
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary
Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 89] again.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 89] is OFF.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
P100998C P100997C (Front and Rear) will deactivate.

85 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE


(CONTINUOUS FLOW) CONTINUOUS FLOW)

Standard And ACS (If Equipped) To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurised):
Figure 92
1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Left Handle Right Handle
2. Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
1 [Figure 92] or [Figure 93] to the left and hold.

3. Press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2)


[Figure 92] or [Figure 93].

2 4. Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch.

NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some


attachments. Use reverse flow with your
P100998C P100997C attachment only if approved. See your
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
SJC (If Equipped) for detailed information.

Figure 93 To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow,


press the Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2)
Left Joystick Right Joystick [Figure 92] or [Figure 93] a second time.

1 NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

P107005C P107006C

After activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the


Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 92] or
[Figure 93] to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow
to the front female coupler (female coupler is
pressurised). (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)

To stop continuous auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow, press the


Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 92] or
[Figure 93] a second time.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

86 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation

This machine may be equipped with rear auxiliary hydraulics.

Figure 94 Figure 97

1
2

NA3267

Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 94]


P115366
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 94] is ON. Move the Rear Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 95] or [Figure 96] to the right or left to change
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) direction of the auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the rear
quick couplers [Figure 97]. (Left side shown.)
Figure 95 (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower rear stabilisers.) Release
the switch to stop fluid flow.
Left Handle Right Handle
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary
Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 94] again.
1
The light (Item 1) [Figure 94] is OFF.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the


seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
P100998D P100997D (Front and Rear) will deactivate.

SJC (If Equipped)

Figure 96

Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005D P107006D

87 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Quick Couplers Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full
connection is made when the ball release sleeves slide
forward on the female couplers.

WARNING Some attachments have a case drain that needs to be


connected to the small quick coupler (Item 1)
[Figure 98].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can To Disconnect:
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Hold the male couplers. Retract the sleeves on the
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do female couplers until couplers disconnect.
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Quick Coupler Troubleshooting

Dirty couplers are often thought to be faulty and are


unnecessarily replaced instead of simply being cleaned.

WARNING Keep quick couplers clean to provide reliable service.


Always clean coupler faces before connecting. Allowing
dirt and other contaminants to remain can cause
AVOID BURNS premature wear to internal seals and sealing surfaces.
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments. Leaking Couplers
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers. • Leaks are often caused by contaminants that prevent
W-2220-0396 proper sealing of the couplers or that dislocate
internal seals.
NOTE: Follow attachment hose routing instructions
• Repeatedly connect and disconnect leaking couplers
in the attachment Operation & Maintenance
to dislodge contaminants.
Manual.
Couplers Stuck In Open Position
Figure 98
• A gritty feel when moving the outer sleeve of female
couplers or a coupler that remains open when
disconnected is evidence of contamination.

• Retract the sleeves on the female couplers and clean


thoroughly while rotating the sleeve until all
contamination has been removed.
1
• Immediately clean a coupler stuck in the open
position to prevent further contamination and leaks.

P115172
Difficult To Connect And Disconnect Couplers

• Attachment hoses that are out of alignment with the


To Connect: loader couplers can cause abnormal wear and make
it difficult to connect and disconnect couplers.
Remove dirt or debris from the surface of the male and
female couplers, and from the outside diameter of the • Ensure attachment hoses are routed exactly as
male couplers. Visually check the couplers for corroding, shown in the attachment Operation & Maintenance
cracking, damage, or excessive wear. If any of these Manual to prevent permanent coupler damage.
conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 98] must be
replaced.

88 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment)

Rear Auxiliary Quick Couplers

WARNING Put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine
and turn the key switch to RUN.

AVOID BURNS Figure 99


Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396

WARNING 1

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


NA3267
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 1)
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do [Figure 99].
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
Figure 100

Left Handle Right Handle

P100998D P100997D

SJC (If Equipped)

Figure 101

Left Joystick Right Joystick

Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers 1

When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly


together and hold for 5 seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.

When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly P107005D P107006D


together and hold for 5 seconds; then retract the sleeves
until the couplers disconnect.
Move the Rear Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 100] or [Figure 101] to the left and right several
times. Turn the key switch to STOP.

89 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)

This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Control Device.

Description

Figure 102 Standard And ACS (If Equipped)

Figure 104

Left Handle Right Handle


1

1 2 3

P100998C P100997C
P115172A

Connect the attachment electrical harness to the SJC (If Equipped)


attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 102].
Figure 105
Figure 103
Left Joystick Right Joystick

1 2
3

P107005C P107006C

Additional switches (Items 1, 2, and 3) [Figure 104] or


P-43303A [Figure 105] are used to control some attachment
functions through the attachment control device.

You will need the 14-Pin Attachment Control Device kit NOTE: ACD takes over the function of the Rear
(Item 1) [Figure 103] to operate early model Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
attachments. See your Bobcat loader dealer. [Figure 104] or [Figure 105] from rear auxiliary
hydraulics when an attachment electrical
harness is attached to the ACD.

See the appropriate attachment Operation &


Maintenance Manual for control details.

90 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DAILY INSPECTION

Daily Inspection And Maintenance

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.


Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Checklist And Schedule is a guide
for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
Figure 106 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep door / cover closed except for service.
• Keep engine clean of flammable material.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
1 dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles.
P100041C
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
The Service Checklist And Schedule (Item 1) medical attention.
[Figure 106] is located inside the rear door of the loader. • Battery makes flammable and explosive gas.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
A complete list of scheduled maintenance tasks is also away.
located in the Preventive Maintenance section of this • For jump start, connect negative cable to the
manual. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.) machine engine last (never at the battery). After
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid, and


coolant must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local regulations for
correct disposal.

WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502

91 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)

Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)

The following list of items must be checked daily:

• Engine Oil Level IMPORTANT


• Hydraulic Fluid Level
This machine is factory equipped with a spark
arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Engine Air Cleaner – Check System for Damage or
proper function.
Leaks
• WITH MUFFLER
• Engine Cooling System – Check System for Damage
The muffler chamber must be emptied every 100
or Leaks, Check Coolant Level, Clean Hydraulic Fluid
hours of operation to keep it in working
Cooler and Radiator Assembly, Fuel Cooler, and
condition.
Rear Grille
• WITH SELECTIVE CATALYST REDUCTION (SCR)
• Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware
AND / OR DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
Do not remove or modify the DOC or SCR.
• Seat Belt

The SCR must be maintained according to the
• Seat Bar and Control Interlocks
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for proper function.
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™)
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
• Front Horn – Check for Proper Function
The DPF must be maintained according to the
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
• Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Lift Links, Bob-Tach,
Manual for proper function.
Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges)
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
• Tracks – Check for Wear or Damage
brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
to the exhaust system may be required and must be
• Loose or Broken Parts – Repair or Replace as
maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
Necessary
regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
I-2350-EN-1114
• Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) – Replace
as Necessary

• Lift Arm Support Device – Replace if Damaged


IMPORTANT
PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
• Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
decal that could damage the decal causing it to
peel from the surface.
• Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
the centre of the decal toward the edges.
I-2226-EN-0910

92 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE

Entering The Loader Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s


Handbook Locations
Figure 107
Figure 108

2
1

P115138D
P-90526A

Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles, and


safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
and off the loader, maintaining a three-point contact at all Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1)
times [Figure 107]. Do not jump. [Figure 108] before operating the loader.

Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other
provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 108]
loader. provided behind the operator seat.

Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.


Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
dealer. WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

93 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Adjustment

Suspension Seat (Standard) Air Ride Suspension Seat (Option)

Figure 109 Figure 111

2
2

P100992 P100994

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 109] up to adjust the angle Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 111] up to adjust the angle
of the seat back. of the seat back.

Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 109] up to adjust the seat Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 111] up to adjust the seat
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.

Figure 110 Figure 112

2 P100993

P100999
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight.
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight. [Figure 112] centred in the gauge with the operator
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2) normally seated.
[Figure 110] centred in the gauge with the operator
normally seated. Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 112] up and hold to
increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Push
Pivot the lever out fully to adjust the setting. Pump lever the lever down and hold to decrease the amount of air in
between middle and upper positions to move the needle the seat suspension.
to the right. Pump lever between middle and lower
positions to move the needle to the left. Return lever to NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned
the middle position and pivot lever back fully to lock in ON to increase the amount of air in the seat
setting. suspension.

94 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Belt Adjustment (Cont’d)

Retractable Seat Belt (Standard) 3-Point Restraint (Option And Loaders Equipped With
Two-Speed)
Figure 113
Figure 114

P-85812A

P109037
P-85815A

Pull the lap belt across to the right side of the seat and
fasten [Figure 113]. Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the
lap belt across to the right side of the seat and fasten
The lap belt must be positioned over your lower hips. (Item 2) [Figure 114].

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left


shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips.
IMPORTANT
Check the seat belt retractor for correct operation.
Keep retractor clean and replace as necessary. IMPORTANT
I-2252-0707
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for
correct operation.

Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary.


I-2199-0200

95 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Seat Bar Joystick Position Adjustment

Figure 115 Joystick Position Adjustment is available on SJC


equipped machines.

Figure 116

P-85452B
NA3105

Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake


P-90491A
[Figure 115].

Put the foot pedals or hand controls in NEUTRAL Pull the joystick adjustment lever (Item 1) [Figure 116]
position. up to slide the loader joystick forward or backward to
adjust for comfortable operation. (Right side shown.)
NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering levers and
your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests)
while operating the loader.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

96 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE

Standard Key Panel

Figure 118

WARNING
1
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away. 2
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 93.)

Figure 117 P-90687A

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 118]. The


indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will
perform a self test.

Figure 119

P107184
2
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position 1
[Figure 117].
NA3353

The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically


based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
and the cycle time remaining or [WAIT] (Item 2)
[Figure 119] are displayed in the data display.

NOTE: It is recommended in cold weather to cycle


the glow plugs twice before attempting to
start the engine. This will allow for additional
heating time for cold weather starting.

When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 2). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 1) [Figure 118].

97 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Standard Key Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 121


joysticks (SJC) are in the NEUTRAL position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the NEUTRAL
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726M
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 120 1) [Figure 121] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 121] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307B position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to NEUTRAL, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307J
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 120] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 120] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

98 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Keyless Start Panel

Figure 123

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 93.) 2
3
Figure 122

P-90819J

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2). The indicator lights
on the left instrument panel will come ON briefly and the
instrument panel / monitoring system will perform a self
test. Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 123] to
enter the password.

Figure 124

P107184

Set the engine speed control to the low idle position


[Figure 122].
2
NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start Panel have a
permanent, randomly generated Master 1
Password set at the factory. Your loader will
NA3353
also have an Owner Password. The owner
password can be changed to prevent
unauthorised use of your loader. (See The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
Changing The Owner Password on Page 214.) based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
Keep your password in a safe location for and the cycle time remaining or [WAIT] (Item 2)
future needs. [Figure 124] are displayed in the data display.

NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to NOTE: It is recommended in cold weather to cycle
allow starting of the loader without a the glow plugs twice before attempting to
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on start the engine. This will allow for additional
Page 214.) heating time for cold weather starting.

When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 2) [Figure 123].

99 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Keyless Start Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 126


joysticks (SJC) are in the NEUTRAL position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the NEUTRAL
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726M
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 125 1) [Figure 126] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 126] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307S position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to NEUTRAL, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307U
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 125] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 125] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

100 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

Figure 128

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- 2


STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 93.) 3

Figure 127
P-90212K

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2). The indicator lights
on the left instrument panel will come ON briefly and the
instrument panel / monitoring system will perform a self
test. Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 128] to
enter the password.

Figure 129

P107184

2
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position
[Figure 127]. 1
NA3353

NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


have a permanent, randomly generated The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
Master Password set at the factory. Your based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
loader will also be assigned an Owner and the cycle time remaining or [WAIT] (Item 2)
Password. Your dealer will provide you with [Figure 129] are displayed in the data display.
this password. Change the owner password
to one that you will easily remember to NOTE: The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel display
prevent unauthorised use of your loader. (See screen will also display an engine preheat
Changing The Owner Password on Page 215.) icon and [WAIT TO START].
Keep your password in a safe location for
future needs. NOTE: It is recommended in cold weather to cycle
the glow plugs twice before attempting to
NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to start the engine. This will allow for additional
allow starting of the loader without a heating time for cold weather starting.
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 216.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 2) [Figure 128].

101 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or Figure 131


joysticks (SJC) are in the NEUTRAL position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the NEUTRAL
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.
2

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat. 1
• Never wear loose clothing when working near
P-90726M
machine.
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 130 1) [Figure 131] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions.
ACS
(SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 131] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position


(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN
P-85307Q position and continue to flash until the PRESS
NA3048
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode
(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to NEUTRAL, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2

P-85307V
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 130] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 130] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807

102 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)

Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System Cold Temperature Engine Speed Control

Let the engine operate for a minimum of 5 minutes to Figure 132


warm the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid
before operating the loader.

NOTE: The full range of the engine speed control will


not be available until the engine controller
determines the engine is adequately warmed.

IMPORTANT
NA3277
When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F),
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low The engine controller will not allow full engine speed and
temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine torque when the engine temperature is too low. The
in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C following indications and actions are performed
(0°F) if possible. automatically by the engine controller:
I-2007-0910
1. Service code [COLD] will appear in the data display
Cold Temperature Starting [Figure 132].

2. The engine controller will override the operator engine


speed control setting and maintain optimum engine
WARNING warm-up speed.

Moving the operator engine speed control will cause


EXPLOSION CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, DEATH the alarm to beep three times. The engine speed will
OR SEVERE ENGINE DAMAGE remain overridden.
DO NOT use ether or starting fluid with glow plug or
air intake heater systems. 3. The alarm will beep two times and the data display will
W-2071-0415 change to the hourmeter when the engine controller is
no longer overriding engine speed. Engine speed
If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following control is returned to the operator.
to make starting the engine easier:
NOTE: Engine speed will remain at low idle until the
• Replace the engine oil with the correct type and operator moves the engine speed control
viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature. regardless of the engine speed control
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 151.) position.

• Make sure the battery is fully charged. Full engine speed and torque may not be
available until the engine controller
• Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat determines the engine is adequately warmed.
loader dealer.

NOTE: The display screen of the Deluxe


Instrumentation Panel may not be at full
intensity when the temperature is below -26°C
(-15°F). The display screen may take 30
seconds to several minutes to warm up. All
systems remain monitored even when the
display screen is off.

103 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS

Left Panel Warning And Shutdown

Figure 133 When a WARNING condition exists; the associated icon


light is ON and the alarm sounds 3 beeps. If this
condition is allowed to continue, there may be damage to
the engine or loader hydraulic systems.

When a SHUTDOWN condition exists; the associated


icon light is ON and the alarm sounds continuously. The
monitoring system will automatically stop the engine in
15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move or
2 relocate the loader.
1
The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following
NA3267
icons:

General Warning
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and Engine Malfunction
BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate Engine Coolant Temperature
loader) [Figure 133]. Hydraulic System Malfunction

After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left


instrument panel [Figure 133] for machine condition.

The associated icon is displayed if there is an error


condition.

EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High.

The Engine Coolant Temperature icon (Item 1)


[Figure 133] is ON.

Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 133] to


cycle the data display until the service code screen is
displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES is
displayed.

• [M0810] Engine Coolant Temperature Too High

• [M0811] Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely


High

Find the cause of the service code and correct before


operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on
Page 201.)

NOTE: The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


offers an additional view of service codes that
includes a brief description. (See Viewing
Service Codes on Page 200.)

104 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER

Procedure

Stop the loader on level ground. Unbuckle the seat belt.

Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the (Standard Key Panel) Remove the key from the switch
ground. to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorised
personnel.
Figure 134
NOTE: Activating the Password Lockout Feature on
machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
operation of the loader without using a
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 214.) or (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 216.)

Figure 136

P107184

Set the engine speed control to the low idle position


[Figure 134].

Engage the parking brake.


P115138B P115138C

Figure 135
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread, and
steps (maintaining a three-point contact) [Figure 136].
1 1

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
P-90688A P-90214C
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) • Raise the seat bar.
[Figure 135]. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON drive functions are deactivated.
for approximately 90 seconds after turning
the loader OFF. The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions service if controls do not deactivate.
are deactivated. W-2463-1110

105 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

COUNTERWEIGHTS

Description Accessories That Affect Machine Weight

Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your If your loader is already equipped with accessories like
Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader Water Tanks or Rear Stabilisers; installing
counterweights and configurations for your job counterweights may not be necessary.
application and attachment.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation proper use of counterweights with approved attachments
and accessories for your loader.
Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not
change if counterweights are installed on this loader.
Always follow the instructions provided in this manual
when operating your loader with counterweights installed.

Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the


loader and its operation in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Increased machine weight.

• Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).

• Harder steering.

• Accelerated or uneven track wear.

• Increased power consumption.

When To Consider Using Counterweights

Install counterweights to increase the loaders Rated


Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve
attachment performance in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Using pallet fork with palletised loads.

• Using grapples or bale fork.

• Using buckets to handle loose material without


digging.

When To Consider Removing Counterweights

Remove counterweights to increase the downward force


of the attachment for better attachment performance in
some applications. Some examples are:

• Digging with buckets.

• Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers, or Landplanes.

106 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS

Choosing The Correct Bucket

Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
WARNING and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH difficult.
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments Pallet Fork
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
Figure 138

NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments


are used on the Bobcat loader. 1

The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the


attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The
buckets and attachments are approved for Rated
Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the Load varies with
Bob-Tach. model of pallet fork
being used.
The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the
operator cab. (See Performance on Page 221.)

The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of


normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer NA3116
buckets are used, the load centre moves forward and
reduces the ROC. If extremely dense material is loaded,
the volume must be reduced to prevent overloading. The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork
is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item
Figure 137 1) [Figure 138].

WRONG See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
fork inspection, maintenance, and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for
other available attachments.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control.
NA1182 W-2053-0903

Exceeding the ROC [Figure 137] can cause the following


problems:

• Steering the loader may be difficult.


• Tracks will wear faster.
• There will be a loss of stability.
• The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced.

107 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach)

The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Installing

Figure 139 Figure 140

P-85517A P-85516A

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the
(wedges fully raised) (Item 1) [Figure 139]. bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 140]. This procedure will cause the bucket
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING mounting frame to fit up against the front of the
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Bob-Tach.
Page 93.)
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
LOADER button, and release the parking brake. 105.)

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.

Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
WARNING
mounting frame [Figure 139] (or other attachment).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
NOTE Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the Before you leave the operator’s seat:
attachment. • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

108 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 141 Figure 142

1
1

P-85513
2
P-85513B P-31233A P-31237A

Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item
engaged in the locked position [Figure 141] (wedges 2) [Figure 142] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or
fully extended through the attachment mounting frame other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
holes). Bob-Tach.

Both levers must contact the frame as shown when


locked (Item 1) [Figure 141].

If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see


WARNING
your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

109 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable. WARNING
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever
105.) tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
can cause injury.
W-2054-1285

WARNING Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 93.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat: Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
the ground.
• Stop the engine. Figure 144
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water or


hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And P-85517A
Attachment) on Page 89.)

Figure 143 Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,
away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 144].

P-85512

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up [Figure 143] until they are


fully raised (wedges fully raised).

110 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach)

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

The Power Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Installing

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING Figure 147


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 93.)

Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE


LOADER button, and release the parking brake.

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.

Figure 145

P-85363

Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
mounting frame [Figure 147] (or other attachment).

NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the


attachment.

NA3234A Figure 148

Figure 146

P-85361A

P-85362
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 145] until levers (Item 1)
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the
[Figure 146] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).
bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 148]. This procedure will cause the bucket
mounting frame to fit up against the front of the
Bob-Tach.

111 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 149 Figure 151

P-85360B

NA3234A

P-31233B
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
Switch Panel) [Figure 149] to make sure the levers are Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” switch
fully raised (wedges fully raised). (Right Switch Panel) [Figure 150] until levers are fully
engaged in the locked position [Figure 151] (wedges
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system uses fully extended through the attachment mounting frame
continuously pressurised hydraulic fluid to holes).
keep the wedges in the engaged position and
prevent attachment disengagement. Because Both levers must contact the frame as shown when
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator locked (Item 1) [Figure 151].
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES “UP”) to be sure both wedges are If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see
fully raised before installing the attachment. your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
Figure 150 The wedges (Item 2) [Figure 151] must extend through
the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other
attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
Bob-Tach.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
NA3234A

112 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the Figure 152
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.

If the attachment has electrical, water, or hydraulic


connections to the loader:

1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING


THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
105.)

WARNING
NA3234A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right
the ground. Switch Panel) [Figure 152] until levers are fully raised
• Stop the engine. (wedges fully raised).
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar. Figure 153
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions


when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water


or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
Attachment) on Page 89.)

3. Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING P-85363


PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
on Page 93.)
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,
4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 153].
LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system uses
continuously pressurised hydraulic fluid to
keep the wedges in the engaged position and
prevent attachment disengagement. Because
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES “UP”) when removing an
attachment to be sure both wedges are fully
raised.

113 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEM

Introduction

There are many advantages of a Bobcat compact track loader. They provide very high flotation, low ground pressure, turf
friendly rubber tracks, and excellent traction.

Compact Track Loader Operating And Maintenance Tips

Track Tension: Correct track tension is important. If the Figure 155


tracks are too loose, they can easily derail. If they are too
tight, they will wear faster and cause increased stress on Correct Wrong
the complete track carriage system. (See TRACK
TENSION on Page 180.)

Figure 154

WRONG

NA1662 NA1663

Digging And Levelling: Keep the full length of the tracks


in contact with the ground [Figure 155] for best traction.

Raising the front end of the tracks off the ground


[Figure 155] will reduce traction and cause increased
track wear.

Operating On Slopes: Go directly up or down a slope,


B-15675
not across the slope, to prevent tracks from derailing.

Turning: Use a gradual turn (one lever farther forward Figure 156
than the other) instead of a fast turn (one lever forward
and one lever backward) on asphalt or concrete surfaces Correct Wrong
to prevent reduced track life or derailing of the tracks
[Figure 154]. 2
1
Always carry the load low.

B-17824B B-17824C

The track carriage components will wear faster when


operated on a slope. When the machine is operated on a
level surface, the weight of the machine is distributed
throughout the entire surface of the rollers to the tracks
(Item 1). When operated on a slope, the weight is
directed to the edge of the rollers and against the lugs of
the track (Item 2) [Figure 156] which causes increased
wear.

114 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Compact Track Loader Operating And Maintenance Tips (Cont’d)

Figure 157 Cleaning And Maintenance: Keep the track carriage


system as clean as possible. Remove rocks and debris
Wrong Wrong from the tracks and rollers. Use a pressure washer if
necessary.

Rotating: The tracks and sprockets should be


periodically rotated to the opposite side of the machine. It
is important to rotate the tracks and sprockets as a set for
maximum service life. See your Bobcat dealer for track
and sprocket rotation.

It’s All About The Tracks:

• Follow operating and maintenance tips.

• Keep the rollers and idlers clean.

B-15296 B-17824 • Know what conditions can cause accelerated wear.

• Watch for abnormal wear patterns.


Operating Conditions: Avoid operating the loader with
one track on a slope and the other on flat ground or with • Replace components and tracks as needed.
the end of the track turned up against a curb or mound
[Figure 157]. This can cause the tracks to derail, cracks
in the edge of the tracks, or cracks at the edges of the
embedded metal.

Figure 158

Wrong Wrong

NA5849 B-17824A

Avoid operating or turning on sharp objects such as


jagged rocks, broken concrete, quarry materials, or scrap
applications. This can cause cuts on the lug surface of
the tracks [Figure 158].

115 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATING PROCEDURE

Inspect The Work Area Operating Near An Edge Or Water

Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible
unsafe conditions. and the loader tracks perpendicular to the edge so that if
part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved
Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have back.
underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer,
irrigation, etc.) located and marked. Always move the loader back at any indication the edge
may be unstable.
Remove objects or other construction material that could
damage the loader or cause personal injury.

Always check ground conditions before starting your


work:
WARNING
• Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE
settlement. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep the lift arms as low as possible.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground • Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up.
stability. • Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope. • Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
• Check for adequate traction.
W-2018-1112

Basic Operating Instructions

Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before


operating the loader. Driving On Public Roads

When operating on a public road or motorway, always


follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving
IMPORTANT Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.

NOTE: Road kits are available as an option from the


Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed factory or as a kit from your Bobcat dealer to
and light load have longer life. equip your machine for driving on public
I-2015-0284 roads in European Union (EU) countries.

Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum Always follow local regulations. For more
horsepower. Move the steering controls only a small information, contact your local Bobcat dealer.
amount to operate the loader slowly.

New operators must operate the loader in an open area


without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader
can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all
conditions of the work area.

116 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Operating With A Full Bucket Operating With An Empty Bucket

Figure 159 Figure 161

With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty

NA1153 NA1151

Going Up Slope Going Up Slope

Figure 160 Figure 162

With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty

NA1154 NA1152

Going Down Slope Going Down Slope

With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy With an empty bucket, go up or down the slope with the
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 159] and heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 161] and
[Figure 160]. [Figure 162].

Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions
on rough ground. on rough ground.

117 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TOWING THE LOADER LIFTING THE LOADER

Procedure Single-Point Lift

Because of the design of the loader, there is not a


recommended towing procedure.

• The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.


WARNING
• The loader can be skidded a short distance to move AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport • Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift
vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. and operator cab.
(The tracks will not turn.) There may be slight wear to • Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this
the tracks when the loader is skidded. manual.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2007-0910
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 221.)

The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift that is


available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to


lift and support the Bobcat loader without affecting
rollover and falling object protection features of the
operator cab.

Figure 163

NA9168

Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 163].

NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate


size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
(See Performance on Page 221.)

118 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFTING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Four-Point Lift

Figure 165

WARNING CORRECT WRONG

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


• Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910

The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift that is


available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

Figure 164

1
NA5309 NA5310

Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 165].

NOTE: Sling legs should not contact any part of the


operator cab or lift arms to prevent damage.

NOTE: The required length of front and rear sling


legs may or may not be equal depending on
1 loader configuration. Departure angle (Item 1)
[Figure 165] in this view has been exceeded,
NA5308
sling leg length must be adjusted to prevent
this situation.

NOTE: The loader should be lifted as close to NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate
horizontal as possible, but at no time should size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
the angle of the suspended loader exceed the (See Performance on Page 221.)
departure angle (Item 1) [Figure 164] provided
in the specifications section. (See Machine
Dimensions on Page 220.)

119 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER

Loading And Unloading Fastening

Figure 167

WARNING Rear Tie-Down Front Tie-Down

AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH


Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury.
W-2058-0807 P115173A P107253A

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of


adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
Performance on Page 221.)

NOTE: Always disengage the auto idle feature when


loading or unloading the loader on a trailer.
(See AUTO IDLE on Page 60.)

Figure 166

P115168

Alternate Rear Tie-Down Alternate Front Tie-Down

1 P115174A P-85599C

P115169
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be
during sudden stops, or when going up or down slopes
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 166].
[Figure 167].
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item
1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.
1) [Figure 166] when loading or unloading the loader to
prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.
2. Stop the engine.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie-down


positions [Figure 167]. (Lift arms shown raised for
visual clarity.)

5. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

6. Use chain binders to tighten the chains.

120 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125


Maintenance Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Inspection Checkbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128


Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED – Key ON)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140


Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Adjusting Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

121 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142


Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Air Conditioning Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145


Replacing Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147


Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151


Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154


Maintenance Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Checking And Adding Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Maintaining Battery Charge Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Battery Service During Machine Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Battery Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171


Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Replacing Reservoir Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

TRACK TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Adjusting (Earlier Models With Two Track Tension Fittings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Adjusting (Later Models With One Track Tension Fitting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

122 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186


Removing And Replacing Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

TRACK SPROCKET MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186


Tightening Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190


Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192


Checking Accumulator Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193


Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

TRACK ROLLER AND IDLER LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198


Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

123 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT

P-90216 NA1175 NA1179


Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1178 NA1174 NA1176


Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support device. Bobcat Company.
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1186 NA1189 B-6589


Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW36-0409

124 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Maintenance Intervals

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.


Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures.
WARNING
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance
of the Bobcat loader. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Loader)

• Engine Oil – Check level and add as needed. (See Page 151.)
• Engine Air Filters and Air System – Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged
components. (See Page 145.)
• Engine Cooling System – Clean debris from hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly, fuel cooler, air conditioning
condenser (if equipped), and rear grille. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed. (See Page
154.) and (See Page 157.)
• Fuel Filter – Check the display panel. Remove the trapped water when required. (See Page 149.)
• Lift Arms, Lift Links, Cylinders, Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges – Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
(See Page 193.)
• Seat Belt, Seat Belt Retractors, Seat Bar, Control Interlocks – Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace
seat belt retractors as needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris
from moving parts. (See Page 129.) and (See Page 131.)
• Bobcat Interlock Control Systems (BICS™) – Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate
with seat bar raised. (See Page 128.)
• Front Horn – Check for proper function. (See Page 52.)
• Operator Cab – Check the fastening bolts, washers, and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. (See Page 137.)
• Indicators and Lights – Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. (See Page 38.)
• Safety Signs and Safety Treads – Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety
treads that are damaged or worn. (See Page 19.) and (See Page 93.)
• Hydraulic Fluid – Check fluid level and add as needed. (See Page 171.)
• Heater and Air Conditioning Filters (if equipped) – Clean or replace filters as needed. (See Page 142.)

125 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)

Every 50 Hours

• Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines – Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Hand Controls and Steering Levers, or Joysticks – Check for correct operation.
Repair or adjust as needed.
• Track Drive Sprocket Nuts – Check for loose sprocket nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See Page 186.)
• Track Tension – Check tension and adjust as needed. (See Page 180.)
• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt – Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check for wear or damage. Adjust
or replace as needed. (See Page 190.)
• Engine Oil and Filter – Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Replace oil and filter. (See Page 152.)

Every 100 Hours

• Battery – Check cables and connections. (See Page 163.)


• Engine Oil and Filter – Perform every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Replace oil and filter. (See
Page 152.)

Every 250 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt – Check for wear or damage. Adjust or replace as needed. (See Page 190.)
• Drive Belts (Alternator, air conditioning, water pump) – Check condition. Replace as needed. (See Page 187.) and
(See Page 188.)
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) – Check the function of the lift arm bypass control. (See Page 128.)

Every 500 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Fuel Filter – Replace filter element. (See Page 149.)


• Hydraulic Charge Filter, Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Cap – Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather
cap. (See Page 176.) and (See Page 179.)
• Hydrostatic Motor Carrier – Replace fluid. (See Page 186.)
• Engine Oil and Filter – Replace oil and filter. (See Page 152.)
• Heater Coil and Air Conditioning Evaporator (if equipped) - Clean the heater coil and air conditioning evaporator.
Clean the plenum drains. (See Page 143.)

Every 1000 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter – Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter. (See Page 175.)
• Hydraulic Reservoir – Replace the fluid. (See Page 172.)
• Engine Valves – Adjust the engine valve clearance.

Every 1500 Hours or Every 24 Months

• Coolant – Replace the coolant. (See Page 158.)

NOTE: The Inspection Checkbook can be ordered for you by your local dealer. Part number 7296478.

126 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Inspection Checkbook

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures.

The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.

The Inspection Checkbook contains the following information:

• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Warranty Policy

• Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. Extended Warranty Policy

The Inspection Checkbook has to be filled in by the Dealer for any maintenance and service work of your Bobcat machine.
This book may be required anytime by an authorised dealer or by Bobcat Europe, should a breakdown occur on the Bobcat
equipment.

Your local dealer can order the Inspection Checkbook. Part number: 7296478.

127 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake
(Engine RUNNING)
Figure 168
6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, and raise
1 2 3 seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s)
slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock
must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers or


4 joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The
TRACTION lock must be engaged. See your Bobcat
dealer for service if loader fails to stop.
5 NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
instrument panel will remain ON until the
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
6
P-85413F
LOADER button is pressed, and the parking
brake is disengaged.

1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key switch to RUN. Lower Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control
seat bar and disengage parking brake. Press the
8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). Two
engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob 90°
BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 168] [SEAT
clockwise. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control
BAR and LIFT AND TILT VALVE] on left instrument
knob until lift arms slowly lower.
panel must be OFF. The PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button will light. Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions
(ACS And SJC)
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1,
2, and 3) [Figure 168] [SEAT BAR, LIFT AND TILT 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat
VALVE, and PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument bar, start engine, and press the PRESS TO
panel must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE OPERATE LOADER button.
LOADER button light will turn OFF.
10. Raise lift arms approximately 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics 11. Turn key switch to STOP and wait for the engine to
System (Engine STOPPED – Key ON) come to a complete stop.

3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, and press the 12. Turn key switch to RUN. Press the PRESS TO
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). OPERATE LOADER button, move the control (foot
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 5). The pedal, hand control, or joystick) to lower the lift arms.
auxiliary hydraulics light will turn ON (Item 4) Lift arms must not lower.
[Figure 168]. Raise the seat bar. The light will turn
13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control, or joystick)
OFF.
to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket
(or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)

4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking


brake, and fasten seat belt. WARNING
5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
stop. Repeat using the tilt function. deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-1111

128 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Description

Figure 169 Models with Advanced Control System (ACS) have


mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The
interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator
to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected
controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
1 functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.

Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have


P-90674E
electrical deactivation of lift and tilt functions. Activation of
functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.

The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 169]. PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat functions can be operated.
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
seat. When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt functions are
deactivated even though the joysticks do not
Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve mechanically lock.
spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool
interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in
order to operate the foot pedal controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the


PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.

129 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Inspection And Maintenance

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 170
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)
2
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button.

Operate the hydraulic controls to check that the lift and tilt
functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms until the 1
attachment is approximately 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.

Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals


and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the P-90643A
P-85308A
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no
motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the
controls are moved. Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the
pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE hardware. The correct hinge nut (both sides) (Item 1)
LOADER button, and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift torque is 34 – 38 N•m (25 – 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor
control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat nut (left side only) (Item 2) [Figure 170] torque is 6 – 8
bar. The lift arms must stop. N•m (50 – 70 in-lb).

Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace
LOADER button, lower the lift arms, and put the parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine
attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the Bobcat replacement parts.
seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if
equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
WARNING
The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt
control functions when the seat bar is up. See your
Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not
deactivate.
W-2465-0111

130 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SEAT BELT

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 171

WARNING 1

Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt


can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in 3
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703

Check the seat belt daily for correct function.

Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once


each year, or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications. 2 4

Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or


unusual wear, significant discolourations due to
ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion
to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch
plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware, or any other
obvious problem should be replaced immediately.

The items below are referenced in [Figure 171].

1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a 5


retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
NA3113
fraying, dirt, and stiffness.

2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.


Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn or
deformed and buckle is not damaged or casing
broken.

3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)


by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct,
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.

4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)


rays from the sun, or extreme dust or dirt. If the
original colour of the webbing in these areas is
extremely faded and / or the webbing is packed with
dirt, the webbing strength may have deteriorated.

5. Check the hardware on both sides of the seat.


Hardware should be tight. Hardware must not be
missing, rusted, corroded, or damaged.

See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement


parts for your machine.

131 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE

Description

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.

Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts


are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
causing injury or death.
W-2572-0407

Figure 172

P115141

The lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 172] is used


to support the lift arms while working on a machine with
the lift arms up.

A decal (Item 2) [Figure 172] located on the right side of


the operator cab provides instructions for installing and
removing the lift arm support device.

The procedures are described in more detail on the


following pages. (See Installing on Page 133.) and (See
Removing on Page 134.)

132 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Installing

Disconnect the spring (Item 3) from the lift arm support


device retaining pin (Item 2). Support the lift arm support
DANGER device (Item 1) [Figure 173] with your hand and remove
the retaining pin.

Figure 174

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P115185
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the lift
unless supported by an approved lift arm
cylinder. Hook the free end of the spring (Item 1)
support. Replace if damaged.
[Figure 174] to the lift arm support device to prevent
D-1009-0409
interference with lift arm support device engagement.

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on the seat bar. Start the engine.
Page 108.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 111.) Figure 175

WARNING
Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for service, 2
jackstands must be put under the rear corners of the
frame. Failure to use jackstands can allow the 1
machine to tip backward causing injury or death.
W-2014-0895

Figure 173

P109015A P109016A

1 3
2 Raise the lift arms until the lift arm support device drops
onto the lift cylinder rod (Item 1) [Figure 175].

Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder.

P115143A P115142
Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat
belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated.

Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame Install the retaining pin (Item 2) [Figure 175] into the rear
(Inset) [Figure 173]. of the lift arm support device below the lift cylinder rod.

133 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Removing

Figure 177

DANGER

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P115197

can cause lift arms to drop.


• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Raise the lift arms a small amount. The spring will lift the
unless supported by an approved lift arm lift arm support device off the lift cylinder rod
support. Replace if damaged. [Figure 177]. Fully lower the lift arms.
D-1009-0409

Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat
Figure 176 belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated.

Disconnect the spring from the bracket.

Figure 178

1
2
1

2
3
P115186

Remove the retaining pin (Item 3) [Figure 176] from the


lift arm support device.
P115142

Connect the spring (Item 1) from the lift arm support


device to the bracket (Item 2) [Figure 176] on the bottom Raise the lift arm support device into the storage position
of the lift arm. and insert the retaining pin (Item 1) through the lift arm
support device and the bracket. Hook the spring (Item 2)
Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower [Figure 178] to the retaining pin.
the seat bar. Start the engine.
Remove the jackstands.

134 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a back-up alarm.

Description

The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight
movement of the controls into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will
sound.

Inspection

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 180
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Figure 179

P115815

1
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)
P-90644C
[Figure 180], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 180], and
back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 1)
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal [Figure 181] for tightness and damage. Repair or
(Item 1) [Figure 179]. Replace if required. replace any damaged components.

Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start Adjusting Switch Position on Page 136.)
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.

Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse


position. The back-up alarm must sound when both
tracks are moving in reverse.

The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear


door.

135 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Adjusting Switch Position

NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have Figure 182


back-up alarm switches and cannot be
adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if
1
your back-up alarm does not sound.

Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped)


2
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 138.) 3

Put the steering levers into the NEUTRAL position.

Figure 181

P-85723A

Loosen the screws (Item 3) [Figure 182] securing the


1 back-up alarm switch. (Left side shown)

Position the back-up alarm switch so that the roller (Item


1) just makes contact with the bellcrank (Item 2)
[Figure 182] without compressing the switch spring.

Torque the screws (Item 3) [Figure 182] securing the


switch to the bracket to 1,0 – 1,4 N•m (9 – 12 in-lb).
P115171
Repeat adjustment procedure for the other switch.

The back-up alarm switches (Item 1) [Figure 181] are Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 139.)
located alongside the steering bellcranks. Both switches
must be adjusted properly for the back-up alarm to Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See
operate correctly. Inspection on Page 135.)

136 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR CAB

Description Cab Door Sensor

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 183
worn for rollover protection.

Check the cab, mounting, and hardware for damage.


Never modify the cab. Replace the cab and hardware if
damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts.

ROPS – Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and


FOPS – Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.

Level I 1
Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks,
and hand tools encountered in operations, such as:
motorway maintenance, landscaping, and other P-68116B
construction sites.

Level II The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 183]


installed that deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the
Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines door is open.
involved in site clearing, overhead demolition, or
forestry. Figure 184

2
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, 1
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
NA3275
W-2069-0200

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 184] is


OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 184] is


ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

[DOOR] will appear in the data display (Item 2)


[Figure 184] when the door is open, the key switch is
turned to RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

137 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Raising

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the


operator cab.

Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If


WARNING
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab,
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 132.) MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
WARNING W-2758-0908

NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


Before the cab or the lift arms are raised for service, can contact the steering levers while raising
jackstands must be put under the rear corners of the or lowering the operator cab. The engine
frame. Failure to use jackstands can allow the MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
machine to tip backward causing injury or death. the operator cab.
W-2014-0895

Figure 187
Figure 185

P115143

Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame P115212A


[Figure 185].

Figure 186 Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab
[Figure 187] slowly until the operator cab is all the way
Hardware Installed Hardware Removed up and the latching mechanism engages.

P100235A P100236A

Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 186] (both sides)


at the front corners of the operator cab.

138 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Lowering

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame
operator cab. can contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
operator cab. the operator cab.

Figure 188 Support the operator cab and release the latching
mechanism (Inset) [Figure 188]. Remove your hand
from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
all the way down.

WARNING
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803

P100953 P115212B
Figure 189

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until stopped Hardware Removed Hardware Installed
by the latching mechanism [Figure 188].

NOTE: The weight of the operator cab increases


when equipped with options and accessories,
such as: cab door, heater, and air
conditioning. In these cases, the operator cab
may need to be raised slightly from the latch
to be able to release the latch.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH P100236A P100235A

CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS


INJURY OR DEATH Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 189].
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908 Tighten the nuts to 54 – 61 N•m (40 – 45 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the jackstands.

139 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE)

Opening And Closing Adjusting Latch

Figure 190 Figure 192

P109172A P-85698B

Reach into the slot on the right side of the rear door and The door latch striker (Item 1) [Figure 192] can be
pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 190]. Pull the rear adjusted up or down for alignment with the door latch.
door open.
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
The rear door is equipped with a door stop feature on the
top hinge.

Figure 191

1 2

P-85446 P-85447

Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1) to


hold the door open. Move the door stop up (Item 2)
[Figure 191] to allow the door to close.

WARNING
Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a
bystander.
W-2020-1285

Close the rear door.

140 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

REAR GRILLE

Removing Installing

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 194

Figure 193

P115349A P115348

P115347D
The front edge of the rear grille has two tabs that fit into
slots in the loader frame (Item 1) [Figure 194]. Insert the
Lift and pull the rear grille backward to remove from the tabs into the slots and lower the rear grille.
loader [Figure 193].
This tab is properly installed into the loader frame slot
(Right Side Shown) (Inset) [Figure 194].

Close the rear door.

141 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM

This machine may be equipped with a cab heater or HVAC system.

Filters

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Fresh Air Filters Recirculation Filter

Figure 195 Figure 196

2
3
1

P-90489B P-90492A P100755

The fresh air filters are located behind the side windows The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s
outside the operator cab. (Right side shown) Remove the seat inside the operator cab. The filter cover is held in
retaining screw (Item 3) and the filter cover (Item 2) position with three clips. Pull the cover at each end (Item
[Figure 195]. (Lift arms shown raised for visual clarity.) 1) [Figure 196] to remove.

NOTE: Loosen the upper filter cover bolt (Item 1) Rinse the filter with water or use a vacuum cleaner to
[Figure 195] to allow removal and installation clean. Do not use solvents.
of the cover if equipped with the
High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter Line up the clips on the filter cover with the slots provided
kit. and push the cover into position.

Shake the filter (Item 4) [Figure 195] or use low pressure


air to remove dirt. This procedure can be done several
times before replacement is required. Install the filter, the
filter cover, and the retaining screw.

142 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 199
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
on Page 138.)
1
Figure 197

2 2
P109544

Clean the plenum drains (Item 1) [Figure 199] to ensure


they are not plugged by debris.

Inspect the cover seal (Item 2) [Figure 199] for breaks


P100756
and tears. Ensure the seal is firmly attached all around
the cover. See your Bobcat dealer for a replacement seal.
Unhook the cover latches (Item 2) and remove the cover
(Item 1) [Figure 197]. Figure 200

Figure 198

2
1

2 1

P109411

P100757
NOTE: The bosses (Item 1) fit inside the core
supports (Item 2) [Figure 200] when the cover
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the is installed. Deformity of the cover indicates
heater coil (Item 1) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 198]. they are out of position.

143 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Air Conditioning Evaporator / Heater Coil (Cont’d)

NOTE: Improper cover installation can damage the Figure 203


seal, which may lead to HVAC component
failure. Perform the following steps in the
order given to prevent cover seal damage.

Figure 201

1
1

P100756

3. Fasten the two remaining latches (Item 1)


[Figure 203].
P109546
NOTE: Perform a thorough visual check to ensure
that the cover and the cover seal are not
1. Hold the cover in place and fasten two latches (Item deformed. The cover should seal tightly all
1) [Figure 201]. around without any gaps.

Figure 202 Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 139.)

Air Conditioning Condenser

The condenser should be cleaned with the hydraulic fluid


1 2 3 cooler and radiator assembly. (See Cleaning on Page
154.)

Air Conditioning Lubrication

Operate the air conditioning for approximately 5 minutes


P109543A P109545
every week to lubricate the internal components.

2. Push the cover up in three places (Items 1, 2, and 3)


until the slots snap into place on the tabs. This slot Troubleshooting
(Inset) [Figure 202] is correctly fastened.
If the fan does not operate or the air conditioning does
not turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuse And Relay
Location / Identification on Page 160.) The refrigerant
may need to be recharged if the air conditioning system
circulates warm air.

144 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE AIR CLEANER

Replacing Filters

Figure 204 Open four latches (Item 1) and move the cover (Item 2)
[Figure 205] out of the way. (One latch is not visible in
the photo.)
2
Figure 206

NA3352

1
Replace the air filters only when necessary. The service
indicator (Item 1) will FLASH. Press the Information
button (Item 3) until the display screen shows the service
codes. Service code [AIRF] (Replace Engine Air Filter)
or [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the display
P115632
screen (Item 2) [Figure 204] when air filter replacement
is necessary.
Remove the outer filter (Item 1) [Figure 206] and
NOTE: Prolonged operation with an active [AIRF] or discard.
[M0117] code can cause severe engine
component damage. NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and
debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
Prolonged operation with an active [AIRF] DO NOT use compressed air.
code will cause the engine to derate (torque
and rpm reduction). Install new outer filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.
Replace the inner filter every second time the outer filter
is replaced or as indicated. Install the cover and secure four latches [Figure 205].

Outer Filter Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Figure 205

P115631

145 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE AIR CLEANER (CONT’D)

Replacing Filters (Cont’d)

Inner Filter

Replace the inner filter only under the following Figure 208
conditions:

• Replace the inner filter every second time the outer


filter is replaced.

• After the outer filter has been replaced, start the 2


engine and operate at full rpm. If service code [AIRF]
(Replace Engine Air Filter) or [M0117] (Air Filter
Plugged) is still displayed in the data display, replace 1
the inner filter.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Remove the cover [Figure 205] and the outer filter P115631
[Figure 206].

Figure 207 Install the cover (Item 2) and secure four latches (Item 1)
[Figure 208]. (One latch is not visible in the photo.)

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

P109626

Remove the inner filter (Item 1) [Figure 207].

NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and


debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
DO NOT use compressed air.

Install new inner filter. Push in until the filter contacts the
base of the housing.

Install the outer filter [Figure 206].

146 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FUEL SYSTEM

Fuel Specifications Biodiesel Blend Fuel

NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
recommendations for your region. considered before using in this machine:

U.S. Standard (ASTM D975) • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
2-D or Grade Number 1-D. • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination that can cause
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur
maximum. • Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
failure of fuel system components, such as: plugged
The following is one suggested blending guideline that fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
• Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D as: cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
and fuel lines.
Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0%
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50% • Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100%
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
pump, and seals.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed used:
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly • Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM
specifications. • Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.

E.U. Standard (EN590) • Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,
remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the immediately.
EN590 specifications listed below:
• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before
• Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel defined as 10 mg/kg (10 operating the machine.
ppm) sulfur maximum
• Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended
• Diesel fuel with cetane number of 51.0 and above. oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this • Before machine storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabiliser, and
no more than seven percent biodiesel mixed operate the engine for at least 30 minutes.
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
marketed as B7 blended diesel fuel. B7 stability and should not be stored for more
blended diesel fuel must meet EN590 than 3 months.
specifications.

147 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Filling The Fuel Tank

Figure 210

WARNING WRONG

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 209

NA1236

Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the


correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
1 SMOKING [Figure 210].

Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 209].

NOTE: The fuel fill cap must be tightened until the


cap clicks.

Close the rear door.


P121509

Remove the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 209].


WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

148 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuel Filter

Removing Water Replacing Element

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 211 Figure 212

2
P115481A P121510 P121509A

Loosen the drain (Inset) [Figure 211] at the bottom of the Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 2)
filter to remove trapped water from the filter. [Figure 212].

Securely tighten the drain. Loosen the fuel filter head (Item 3) from the fuel filter
element (Item 1) [Figure 212]. Do NOT remove the
hoses from the fuel filter head.

WARNING Loosen the clamps (Item 4) [Figure 212].

Remove the fuel filter element (Item 1) from the fuel filter
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH head (Item 3) [Figure 212].
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. NOTE: Do NOT fill the new fuel filter element with fuel
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause at this time.
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Put clean oil on the two new fuel filter element O-rings,
install the element, and tighten to 13,5 N•m (10 ft-lb)
Close the rear door. torque.

Install the fuel filter assembly into the clamps and tighten.
Connect the electrical connector [Figure 212].

Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air


From The Fuel System on Page 150.)

149 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuel Filter (Cont’d) Removing Air From The Fuel System

Replacing Element (Cont’d) After replacing the filter element or if the fuel tank has run
out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system
before starting the engine.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
explosion or fire. penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
W-2103-0508 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
Close the rear door. not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute. from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Figure 213
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can 1
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury. 2
W-2072-EN-0909

P121508
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Open the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 213] on the fuel
filter assembly three full turns.

Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2)


[Figure 213] until fuel flows from the air vent plug with no
air bubbles.

Close the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 213].

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

150 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Chart

Check the engine oil level every day before starting the Figure 215
engine for the work shift. ENGINE CRANKCASE OIL
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
Figure 214

1 Refer to temperature range anticipated before next


oil change
Must use API Category CJ-4 or better, or ACEA E9 or
2 better
Do not use API Category FA-4 engine oil
P115419 [1] SAE 10W-30
[2] SAE 15W-40
[3] Bobcat Synthetic Oil – SAE 5W-40
Park the loader on a level surface. Stop the engine. Open
the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 1) Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this
[Figure 214]. machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good
quality engine oil that meets API Service Category of
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do CJ-4 or better, or ACEA E9 or better [Figure 215].
not overfill.

Remove the oil fill cap (Item 2) [Figure 214] to add


engine oil.
IMPORTANT
WARNING AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Use of API Service Category FA-4 engine oil is not
approved and may cause irreversible damage to the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH engine.
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, I-2384-0916
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Close the rear door.

151 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 217
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal


operating temperature. Stop the engine.

Figure 216

2 P115190

The oil drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 217] storage location


is near the fuel tank fill. Route the oil drain hose through
the opening.
P115177A P115189
Figure 218

The oil drain hose is located behind a cover (Item 1)


under the rear of the loader (Inset) [Figure 216].

Loosen one cover mounting bolt and remove the other


bolt (Item 2) [Figure 216] to allow the cover to swing
open.

Open the rear door.

P115188

Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 218] from the
oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container. Recycle
or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.

Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 218].

Return the oil drain hose to the storage location


[Figure 217].

Close the cover and install the cover mounting bolt


[Figure 216]. Tighten both bolts.

152 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter (Cont’d)

Figure 219 Start the engine and allow to operate for several minutes.

3
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
1 death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
2 enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909
P115419

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.


Remove the oil filter (Item 3) [Figure 219] and clean the
filter base. Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 219] and check the
oil level.
Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter,
and hand tighten. Use genuine Bobcat filter only. Add oil as needed if oil level is not at the top mark on the
dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 2) [Figure 219].

Put oil into the engine and replace the oil fill cap. (See
Capacities on Page 224.) Do not overfill. WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

153 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance, or engine damage.

Maintenance Platform Cleaning

Figure 220 See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
P107266
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
A maintenance platform [Figure 220] is available from W-2019-0907
your Bobcat dealer to facilitate access when cleaning the
engine cooling system. Figure 221

P115147

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of


the fuel cooler (Item 1) [Figure 221].

154 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Cleaning (Cont’d)

Loaders With Air Conditioning

Figure 222 Return the support bar to storage position and lower the
air conditioning condenser.

Figure 224
1

2
1

P109573A

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of


P121162
the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 222].

Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 222]. Ensure the air conditioning condenser is installed into the
two slotted brackets (Item 2) [Figure 224]. (Right side
NOTE: The air conditioning condenser fits into two shown.)
slotted brackets mounted on the hydraulic
fluid cooler and radiator assembly. Ensure the Ensure the clips (Item 1) are properly installed over the
air conditioning condenser remains two slotted brackets (Item 2) [Figure 224]. (Right side
connected to the brackets when raising and shown.)
lowering.
Fasten the two rubber straps [Figure 222].
Figure 223
NOTE: The air conditioning condenser can be lifted
out of the two slotted brackets by removing
the clips. This allows greater access to clean
the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator
assembly.
1
NOTE: Be careful when removing and installing the
2 air conditioning condenser so that the air
conditioning condenser does not fall on the
3 hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly
and damage the fins.

Skip ahead to All Loaders. (See All Loaders on Page


156.)
P109572A

Pivot the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) up and


rotate the support bar (Item 2) into position. Use low air
pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 3)
[Figure 223].

155 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Cleaning (Cont’d)

Loaders Without Air Conditioning All Loaders

Figure 225 Figure 226

P115147 P115148

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of The area between the fuel cooler and the hydraulic fluid
the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 1) cooler and radiator assembly will require occasional
[Figure 225]. cleaning. Remove the bolt (Item 2) and lift the fuel cooler
up while sliding out of the bracket (Item 1) [Figure 226].

NOTE: Be careful when removing and installing the


fuel cooler so that the fuel cooler does not fall
on the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator
assembly and damage the fins.

Install the fuel cooler into the bracket. Install and tighten
the bolt [Figure 226].

Check the cooling system for leaks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

156 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Checking And Adding Coolant

Check the engine coolant level every day before starting The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)
the engine for the work shift. freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear of water.
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Figure 227
IMPORTANT
1
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.

Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system


efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.

Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which


2 protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.

Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength


P115149A
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
Coolant must be between the top and bottom level I-2124-0497
markers (Item 2) [Figure 227] when the engine is cold.
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
glycol coolant (purple colour). DO NOT mix the upper level marker on the tank [Figure 227].
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
Install the coolant fill cap [Figure 227].
Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene
glycol in your cooling system. NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the
cap clicks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.


WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Stop the engine and allow to cool before adding
coolant or you can be burned.
W-2106-0907

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 227] to add


coolant.

157 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Coolant

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 229
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.) 1

WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Do not remove engine coolant cap when the engine
is hot. You can be seriously burned.
W-2607-0804

P109814
NOTE: This procedure requires the use of a spare
0.75 in. coolant hose approximately 600 mm
(24 in) long. Pinch off the coolant hose attached to the engine oil
cooler using a locking hose pinching plier (Item 1)
Figure 228 [Figure 229] or similar tool.

Install the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 228].


1
Figure 230

1 3
P115149A 2

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 228].


P109813

Remove the clamp (Item 2) and disconnect the hose


(Item 3) from the engine oil cooler fitting (Item 1)
[Figure 230].

Quickly install the spare 0.75 in. coolant hose onto the
engine oil cooler fitting.

Drain the coolant into a container.

158 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Coolant (Cont’d)

Figure 231 Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities


on Page 224.)

1 The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)


freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
of water.

IMPORTANT
2
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
P115149A
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 231] to drain damage.
the coolant faster.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which
Remove the spare 0.75 in. coolant hose from the engine protect the internal engine components; reduces the
oil cooler fitting when the coolant has drained. boiling point and freeze protection of the system.

Figure 232 Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength


concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
I-2124-0497

Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene


glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
the lower level marker on the tank (Item 2) [Figure 231].

Install the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 231].


2
1 NOTE: The coolant fill cap must be tightened until the
cap clicks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.


P109635
Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal
operating temperature. Stop the engine.
Install the coolant hose (Item 2) onto the engine oil cooler
fitting and install the clamp (Item 1) [Figure 232].
Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as
needed. (See Checking And Adding Coolant on Page
Remove the tool used to pinch off the coolant hose.
157.)
Recycle or dispose of used coolant in an environmentally
safe manner.

159 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Description Figure 235

Figure 233
1

P100958A

P115196B

P115194
Line up the clips on the back of the fuse panel cover with
the slots (Item 1) [Figure 235] in the fuse panel and push
The loader has a 12 volt, negative earth, alternator the cover into position when finished.
charging system.
A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and
The electrical system is protected by fuses inside a panel the circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See
and a 100 ampere master fuse (Inset) [Figure 233] Figure 237 on Page 161.) or (See Figure 238 on Page
located above the battery in the engine compartment. 162.)

The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is Figure 236
an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must
be found before starting the engine again.
1
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification

Figure 234

P115691A

P115690

1
Two relays (Item 1) [Figure 236] for the loader lights are
located under the operator cab on the left side of the
loader. Stop the engine and raise the operator cab to
access the relays. (See Raising on Page 138.)
P115195

The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses


located under the fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 234].
Remove the fuse panel cover by pulling at each end.

A decal located inside the fuse panel cover indicates fuse


and relay location and fuse amperage ratings.

160 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Figure 237

1 9
25 28 31 35
2 10 17 20

3 11
32 36
4 12 18 21 26 29
23 24
5 13
33 37
6 14
7 15 19 22 27 30
34 38
8 16 

NA3266

Fuse location and amperage ratings are shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 237]. Relays are identified by
the letter “R” in the AMP column.

ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP

Auxiliary
1 Not Used -- 14 25 27 Heater / HVAC R
Controller

2 Not Used -- 15 Bucket Position 15 28 Not Used --

Cab Accessories
3 25 16 Bobcat Controller 25 29 Rear Lights R
Power Port

4 Alternator 15 17 Starter R 30 Switched Power R

Accessories and Cab Switched


5 25 18 Not Used -- 31 25
Front Horn Power

6 Engine Controller 15 19 Traction R 32 Switched Power 25

7 Engine Controller 5 20 Not Used -- 33 Wiper / Washer 25

Switched Power
8 Fuel Shutoff 30 21 Engine Controller R 34 25
Back-up Alarm

9 Attachments 25 22 Glow Plugs R 35 Heater / HVAC 25

Drive Controller
10 25 23 Not Used -- 36 Traction 30
Back-up Alarm

11 Engine Controller 25 24 Glow Plugs 50 37 Front Lights 30

12 ACS Controller 25 25 Not Used -- 38 Rear Lights 15

Cab Switched
13 5 26 Not Used --
Power

161 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Figure 238

NA3332

The table below is for later models with decal part number 7308513. Fuse location and amperage ratings are shown
in the table below and on the decal [Figure 238]. Relays are identified by the letter “R” in the AMP column.

ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP ITEM ICON DESCRIPTION AMP

Cab Switched
F1 Rear Lights 15 F14 5 A Switched Power R
Power

F2 Front Lights 30 F15 ACS Controller 25 B Heater / HVAC R

F3 Traction 30 F16 Engine Controller 25 C Glow Plugs R

Drive Controller
F4 Heater / HVAC 25 F17 25 D Traction R
Back-up Alarm

Switched Power
F5 25 F18 Attachments 25 E Rear Lights R
Back-up Alarm

F6 Wiper / Washer 25 F19 Not Used -- F Not Used --

F7 Switched Power 25 F20 Engine Controller 5 G Engine Controller R

Cab Switched
F8 25 F21 Engine Controller 15 H Not Used --
Power

Accessories and
F9 Glow Plugs 50 F22 25 J Not Used --
Front Horn

F10 Not Used -- F23 Alternator 15 K Not Used --

Cab Accessories Automatic Ride


F11 Bobcat Controller 25 F24 25 L R
Power Port Control

F12 Bucket Position 25 F25 Not Used -- M Starter R

Auxiliary
F13 25 F26 Not Used --
Controller

162 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Battery Maintenance

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.) WARNING
The Bobcat brand battery supplied with your machine is AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
sealed and does not require watering. Proper charging Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
and storage are important to maximize the life of all contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
batteries. rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

Figure 239 In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807

Maintaining Battery Charge Level

All batteries will self-discharge over time. This machine


P127797A P100960 has features that require battery power even when the
machine is not being used. Use of a quality battery
Simple steps for reliability and long battery life: maintainer is highly recommended to ensure that your
machine is ready to start when you need it and avoid
• Keep battery posts and terminals clean [Figure 239]. costly battery replacement.

• Keep terminals tight. Battery Maintainers

• Remove corrosion from battery and terminals with Use a good quality battery maintainer to keep the battery
sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water solution. above 12.4 volts for machines that are not frequently
used. Batteries below 12.4 volts must first be charged
• Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery using a battery charger. Solar maintainers should have a
terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion. minimum capacity of 10 watts to be effective.

• Operate the machine for at least 15 minutes to


recover from the battery drain caused by engine start
up whenever practical. Battery Service During Machine Storage

• Maintain the battery charge level. This is a key factor Remove the battery if storing the machine for an
for long battery life. extended period of time. Fully charge the battery. Store
the battery in a cool dry place above freezing and boost
• Charge a severely discharged battery with a battery charge periodically. If battery removal is not desired, a
charger instead of relying on the machine charging good quality battery maintainer must be used to
system. (See Battery Charging on Page 164.) compensate for battery self-discharge and parasitic loads
from machine controllers, accessories, and features such
• Check the battery state of charge every 30 days on as connected machine intelligence.
machines that are not frequently used. (See Battery
Testing on Page 164.)

163 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Battery Testing Battery Charging

Figure 240 A battery charger designed for 12 volt charging systems


is recommended. Follow the battery charger
manufacturer’s instructions to charge the battery to 12.6
volts (100% charge). Batteries should be charged at
room temperature to avoid an undercharge or overcharge
condition. Never attempt to charge a frozen battery.
1 The following table can be used to identify the
approximate amount of time required to charge a
discharged battery. Allow at least 60 minutes after
operating the machine or charging the battery to get an
accurate reading.

STATE CHARGER MAXIMUM RATE


BATTERY
OF
P-30836 VOLTAGE
CHARGE 30 Amps 20 Amps 10 Amps
12.6 V 100% READY TO USE
The simplest and most common check to determine
battery state of charge is to use a digital multimeter or 12.4 V 75% 0.9 hr. 1.3 hr. 2.5 hr.
voltmeter (Item 1) [Figure 240]. 12.2 V 50% 1.9 hr. 2.7 hr. 5.1hr.
12.0 V 25% 2.9 hr. 4.3 hr. 7.8 hr.
A battery found below 12.4 volts must be charged to
100% charge per the battery charger’s recommendation. 11.8 V 0% 4.0 hr. 5.7 hr. 10.7 hr.
Allow at least 60 minutes after operating the machine
or charging the battery to get an accurate reading. NOTE: Use a good quality automatic charger to avoid
battery damage from overcharging.
If the reading is less than 12.4 volts after the battery has
been charged for several hours, see your Bobcat dealer
to have a more thorough battery test performed.

The freezing point of battery electrolyte is dependent on WARNING


the battery state of charge. Keeping the battery voltage
above 12.4 volts will help prevent batteries from freezing, BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
even at extremely low temperatures. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
If the battery freezes, the internal grid may be damaged from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
and the case will be distorted or cracked. If this happens, make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
dispose of the battery according to local regulations.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910

164 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)

If the engine will not start without using a booster battery, Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) to the
BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the negative (-) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 241] to the
disconnect the battery cables. engine.

The key switch must be in the STOP position. The Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
booster battery must be 12 volt. (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 97.)

After the engine has started, remove the negative (-)


cable (Item 4) first. Remove the cable from the positive
WARNING (+) terminal (Item 2) [Figure 241].

Remove the cables from the booster battery.


BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Close the rear door.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.

Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged


IMPORTANT
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before Damage to the alternator can occur if:
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never • Engine is operated with battery cables
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. disconnected.
W-2066-0910 • Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
Open the rear door. • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
Figure 241 I-2023-1285

2
4

3 1

P115420

Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) to the positive


(+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end
of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 241] to the positive
(+) terminal on the engine starter.

165 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery

Identification

NOTE: Identification of the battery hold-down used on your machine is necessary to perform the correct
procedure.

Figure 242 Figure 243

P115414 P127174

Earlier models use a clamp (Item 1) [Figure 242] at the Later models use a bracket (Item 1) [Figure 243] over
base of the battery. (See Removing (Earlier Models) on the top of the battery. (See Removing (Later Models) on
Page 167.) Page 169.)

NOTE: Battery wrap shown open for visual clarity.


Keep battery wrap securely fastened during
operation.

166 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery (Cont’d)

Removing (Earlier Models)

Figure 245

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 2
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes. 1

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


P115331
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 245].

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 2) [Figure 245].

Figure 244 Figure 246

P115333 P115414

Open the top flap of the battery wrap to gain access to Slightly raise the battery wrap to gain access to the
the battery terminals [Figure 244]. battery clamp.

Remove the nut (Item 1) and the battery clamp (item 2)


[Figure 246].

Remove the battery from the loader.

When removing the battery from the loader, do not touch


any metal parts with the battery terminals.

If installing a different battery – Remove the battery


wrap from the battery.

167 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery (Cont’d)

Installing (Earlier Models)

Figure 248

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on 2
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention 1
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


P115414
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Install the battery clamp (item 2) and the nut (Item 1)
[Figure 248].
Figure 247
Lower the battery wrap over the battery clamps.

Figure 249

P100959 P100960 1

Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when P115331
installing a new or used battery [Figure 247].

Install the battery wrap onto the battery. Connect and tighten the positive (+) cable (Item 2).
Connect and tighten the negative (-) cable (Item 1)
When installing the battery into the loader, do not touch [Figure 249] last to prevent sparks. Tighten the nuts to
any metal parts with the battery terminals. 5,4 - 6,8 N•m (4 - 5 ft-lb) torque.

Install the battery into the loader. Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery
terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
Slightly raise the battery wrap to allow the battery to lock
into the battery clamps. Close and securely fasten the top flap of the battery wrap
[Figure 244].

Close the rear door.

168 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery (Cont’d)

Removing (Later Models)

Figure 251

WARNING 2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water. 3


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 1
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


P127174
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 251].

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove the nuts, washers, and battery cable mount
(Item 2) [Figure 251].
Figure 250
Remove the hold-down bracket (Item 3) [Figure 251].

Figure 252

1 2

P127172

Remove the nut from the top of the negative (-) cable P127176
(Item 1) [Figure 250]. Remove the cables.

Open the top flap of the battery wrap (Item 2) Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 1) [Figure 252].
[Figure 250] toward the rear of the loader to gain access
to the battery terminals. Remove the battery from the loader using the handle.

When removing the battery from the loader, do not touch


any metal parts with the battery terminals.

If installing a different battery – Remove the battery


wrap from the battery.

169 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Installing Battery (Cont’d)

Installing (Later Models)

Figure 254

WARNING 1
2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water. 3


In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 4
minutes.
P127174

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities


of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get Connect the positive (+) cable (Item 1) [Figure 254].
prompt medical attention. Tighten the nut to 5,4 - 6,8 N•m (4 - 5 ft-lb) torque.
W-2065-0807
Install the hold-down bracket (Item 2). The bolts should
Figure 253 be located outside the battery wrap as shown. Install the
battery cable mount, washers, and nuts (Item 3)
[Figure 254]. Tighten the nuts to 1,5 - 2,0 N•m (13 - 18
in-lb) torque.

Connect the negative (-) cable (Item 4) [Figure 254].


Tighten the nut to 5,4 - 6,8 N•m (4 - 5 ft-lb) torque.

Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery


terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

Figure 255

P100959 P100960
1 2
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when
installing a new or used battery [Figure 253].

Install the battery wrap onto the battery.

When installing the battery into the loader, do not touch


P127172
any metal parts with the battery terminals.

Install the battery into the loader using the handle. Close and securely fasten the top flap of the battery wrap
(Item 2) [Figure 255].

Install the cables onto the top of the negative (-) cable.
Install and tighten the nut (Item 1) [Figure 255].

Close the rear door.

170 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Fluid Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day Figure 257
before starting the work shift. HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) AND
Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms, and VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
put the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-Tach
fully back if no attachment is installed.

Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. (See
REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Figure 256

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED DURING


MACHINE USE
1
[1] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
[2] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid
[3] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
2 Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable
based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to
prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at
operating temperatures.)
[4] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
[5] VG 46; Minimum VI 150
P115151A P115150
Bobcat hydraulic fluids are recommended for use in this
machine. If Bobcat hydraulic fluid is not available, use a
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 2). Keep the good quality hydraulic fluid meeting the viscosity grade
fluid level within the operating range (Inset) [Figure 256]. and viscosity index shown in the chart [Figure 257].
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 256].

Add fluid as needed to bring the level within the operating


range in the sight gauge.
WARNING
Install the fill cap, install the rear grille, and close the rear AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
door. Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

171 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 259
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Replace the fluid if contaminated or after major repair.

Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the


hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is
replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter on Page 175.) and (See Removing And 1
Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter on Page 176.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Figure 258
P115421

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 259] and remove the access cover.

P115150

Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 258].

172 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

Earlier Models Later Models

Figure 260 Figure 261

2 1

P115422 P115425

Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2) Remove the left side access cover bolts (Item 1)
[Figure 260] near the fitting and disconnect hose from [Figure 261] and remove the access cover.
the fitting.
Figure 262
Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 174.)

P115694

Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2)
[Figure 262] near the fitting and disconnect hose from
the fitting.

Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 174.)

173 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

All Models

Route the hose out the right side of the loader and drain Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
the fluid into a container. reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range
of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page 224.) and
Connect the hose to the fitting when the fluid stops (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 171.)
draining. Install the clamp.
Install the hydraulic fill cap [Figure 258].
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
safe manner. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic


controls.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
WARNING
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
explosion or fire. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
W-2103-0508 penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Install the side access covers and bolts [Figure 259] and Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
[Figure 261]. not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
Figure 263 from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 171.)

P115214

Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)


[Figure 263]. Use low air pressure to dry the screen.

174 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Remove the filter cap O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 265] and
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.) discard.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear Install new filter cap O-rings and lubricate with clean oil.
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)
NOTE: The filter cap O-rings are not the same size.
Clean the top of the filter housing. Take care to install each O-ring in the correct
location.
Figure 264
Install the filter cap and rotate clockwise to engage the
bolts [Figure 264]. Alternate tightening the bolts to draw
the cap down evenly. Tighten the bolts to 27 – 41 N•m (20
1
– 30 ft-lb) torque.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
2 sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
P109640 W-2103-0508

Loosen the bolts (Item 1) and rotate the filter cap (Item 2) Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
[Figure 264] anticlockwise until the cap clears the bolts.
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
Slowly pry the filter cap off the housing by hand. controls.

Figure 265

1 WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
2 Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
3
W-2072-EN-0909

P109072A P109073B Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


Remove the filter (Item 2) [Figure 265] and discard. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 171.)

Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 265] on new filter


with clean oil.

Install new filter ensuring that filter is fully seated in the


housing.

175 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

NOTE: Identification of the hydraulic charge filter


used on your machine is necessary to
perform the correct replacement procedure.

Figure 266

Earlier Model Later Model

P109622B P115441A

Earlier models use a separate filter housing and filter


element. Later models use a spin-on filter [Figure 266].
(See Earlier Models on Page 177.) or (See Later Models
on Page 178.)

176 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d)

Earlier Models

Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising Figure 269
on Page 138.)

Figure 267

3
2

P115350

Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 269] and discard.


P115345

Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
Remove the nut (Item 3) holding the operator cab where they contact the filter seal.
electrical harness clamp and move the harness toward
the front of the loader. Remove the bolts (Item 1) and Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install the filter
remove the lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 267]. on the filter base [Figure 269].

Figure 268 Install and tighten the filter housing to 65 – 70 N•m (48 –
52 ft-lb) torque [Figure 268].

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.

WARNING
1 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
P115344 W-2103-0508

Put a suitable container below the filter housing and Install the lower fan duct, bolts, electrical harness clamp,
remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 268]. and nut [Figure 267].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 139.)

Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 179.)

177 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d)

Later Models

Stop the engine. Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.
Figure 270

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
1 Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the side access cover and bolts [Figure 270].

P115421
Skip ahead to All Models. (See All Models on Page 179.)

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 270] and remove the access cover.

Figure 271

P115695

Put a suitable container below the filter, remove the filter


(Item 1) [Figure 271], and clean the filter base.

Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter,
and tighten the filter to 37 – 45 N•m (27 – 33 ft-lb) torque.

178 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter Replacing Reservoir Breather Cap
(Cont’d)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
All Models replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 125.)
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls. Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 141.)

Figure 272
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. 1
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.


P115150
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 171.)
Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 272] and
discard.

Install new breather cap.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

179 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION

Description

Figure 273

P107800

A bleed tool [Figure 273] is available and recommended


to decrease track tension. The bleed tool will direct the
flow of grease to aid in cleanup. See your Bobcat dealer
to order a bleed tool.

The bleed tools are sized differently:

Part number 6675936 – Used for machines with two


track tension fittings.

Part number 7277225 – Used for machines with one


track tension fitting.

180 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION (CONT’D)

Checking

Correct track tension is important for good performance Figure 275


and to prevent the tracks from derailing or wearing
prematurely.

NOTE: The wear of track rollers vary with the working


conditions and different types of soil
conditions.

Park the loader on a level surface.

Figure 274

P115155

Figure 276

1 Track
13 – 16 mm Roller
P115154
(1/2 – 5/8 in)

Raise one side of the loader and put jackstands at the


front and rear of the loader frame so that the track is
about 76 mm (3 in) off the ground [Figure 274]. Lower
the loader to the jackstands. Be sure the jackstands do
not touch the tracks. Track
B-18896C
Measure the track sag at the middle track roller (Item 1)
[Figure 274]. The correct gap is 13 – 16 mm (1/2 – 5/8 DO NOT put your fingers into the pinch points between
in). the track and the roller. Use a 13 – 16 mm (1/2 – 5/8 in)
bolt, dowel or block to check the gap [Figure 275] and
[Figure 276].

WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Keep fingers and hands out of pinch points when
checking the track tension.
W-2142-0903

181 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION (CONT’D)

Adjusting (Earlier Models With Two Track Tension Fittings)

Park the loader on a level surface. Increase Track Tension

Raise one side of the loader and put jackstands at the Figure 278
front and rear of the loader frame so that the track is
about 76 mm (3 in) off the ground. Lower the loader to
the jackstands. Be sure the jackstands do not touch the
tracks.

Figure 277
1

2
1

P115157A P115157

1
NOTE: This view shows the grease fittings on the
right side of the loader. The fittings are in the
opposite position on the left side of the
loader. You MUST select the correct fitting for
P115156
the task required. The grease fitting (Item 1) is
used to add grease. The bleed fitting (Item 2)
The grease fittings used to adjust the track tension are [Figure 278] is used to remove grease.
located behind access covers (Item 1) [Figure 277].
(Right side shown.) Add grease to the grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 278]
until the track adjustment is correct [Figure 275] and
Loosen both access cover bolts and pivot the access [Figure 276].
cover open [Figure 277].
NOTE: Do not remove grease fitting unless pressure
is released using the bleed fitting. (See
[Figure 279] on Page 183.)

NOTE: If replacement is necessary, always replace


grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 278] with
genuine Bobcat Parts. The fitting is a special
fitting designed for high pressure.

182 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION (CONT’D)

Adjusting (Earlier Models With Two Track Tension Fittings) (Cont’d)

Decrease Track Tension

Figure 280

WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GREASE CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY 1
• Do not loosen grease fitting.
• Do not loosen bleed fitting more than 1 - 1/2
turns.
W-2781-0109

Pressure must be released from the grease cylinder to


decrease track tension.

Figure 279 P115159

Tighten the access cover bolt (Item 1) [Figure 280] to


secure the tool.

1 Turn the tool 90° anticlockwise and let the grease flow
into a container. Release pressure [Figure 280] until the
2 track adjustment is correct [Figure 275] and
[Figure 276].

Tighten the bleed fitting and remove the bleed tool. Pivot
the access cover closed and tighten the access cover
bolts.

Raise the loader. Remove the jackstands. Repeat the


P115158
procedure for the other track. Dispose of grease in an
environmentally safe manner.
Install the bleed tool (6675936) (Item 1) on the bleed
fitting, adjust and tighten the collar (Item 2) [Figure 279]
to fit behind the edge of the access cover. (Right side
shown.)

183 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION (CONT’D)

Adjusting (Later Models With One Track Tension Fitting)

Park the loader on a level surface. Increase Track Tension

Raise one side of the loader and put jackstands at the Figure 282
front and rear of the loader frame so that the track is
about 76 mm (3 in) off the ground. Lower the loader to
the jackstands. Be sure the jackstands do not touch the
tracks.

Figure 281

P115157B

1
Add grease to the track tension fitting (Item 1)
[Figure 282] until the track adjustment is correct
[Figure 275] and [Figure 276].
P115156
NOTE: Take care if using a pneumatic grease gun
because high pressure can damage the
The track tension fittings used to adjust the track tension grease fitting. Connect the pneumatic grease
are located behind access covers (Item 1) [Figure 281]. gun to a regulated air supply set at the lowest
(Right side shown.) setting and slowly increase the air pressure
until the grease fitting starts taking grease.
Loosen both access cover bolts and pivot the access
cover open [Figure 281]. NOTE: Do not remove track tension fitting unless
pressure is released. (See [Figure 283] on
Page 185.)

NOTE: If replacement is necessary, always replace


track tension fitting (Item 1) [Figure 282] with
genuine Bobcat Parts. The fitting is a special
fitting designed for high pressure.

184 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRACK TENSION (CONT’D)

Adjusting (Later Models With One Track Tension Fitting) (Cont’d)

Decrease Track Tension

Figure 284

WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GREASE CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY 1
• Do not loosen the track tension fitting more than
1 - 1/2 turns.
W-2994-0515

Pressure must be released from the grease cylinder to


decrease track tension.

Figure 283
P115159

Tighten the access cover bolt (Item 1) [Figure 284] to


secure the tool.
1
Turn the tool 90° anticlockwise and let the grease flow
2 into a container. Release pressure [Figure 284] until the
track adjustment is correct [Figure 275] and
[Figure 276].

Tighten the track tension fitting to 24 – 30 N•m (18 – 22


ft-lb) torque. Pivot the access cover closed and tighten
the access cover bolts.
P115158
Raise the loader. Remove the jackstands. Repeat the
procedure for the other track. Dispose of grease in an
Install the bleed tool (7277225) (Item 1) on the track environmentally safe manner.
tension fitting, adjust and tighten the collar (Item 2)
[Figure 283] to fit behind the edge of the access cover.
(Right side shown.)

185 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR TRACK SPROCKET MAINTENANCE

Removing And Replacing Fluid Tightening Procedure

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)

Figure 285 Figure 286

1 9
8 2
15
10

7 3
1

14
11
6
4
13 12
5
P115456A P115456

Park the loader so that the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 285] in Check the torque of the fifteen track sprocket bolts (Items
the hydrostatic drive motor are at the top and the bottom. 1 – 15) [Figure 286]. Use an alternating tightening
sequence and then repeat to tighten the bolts to 122,0 –
Remove the plugs and let the fluid drain from the 135,6 N•m (90 – 100 ft-lb) torque.
hydrostatic drive motor.

Install and tighten the bottom plug.

Add fluid through the top plug hole using the bottle and
hose assembly (Part number: 7270874). Allow entire
contents of one bottle to drain into the drive motor.

Install and tighten the top plug.

Repeat for the other hydrostatic drive motor.

Recycle or dispose of the used fluid in an


environmentally safe manner.

186 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ALTERNATOR BELT

Belt Adjustment

The alternator belt is a special maintenance free type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates the need
for a tensioning device and does not require periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer for replacement parts.

Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Inspect the pulleys for wear.

Figure 287 Install new belt.

Figure 289

1
2 1

3
2
P115423

P115424
Remove the alternator belt shield mounting nuts and
bolts (Item 1). Remove the mounting bolt (Item 3)
[Figure 287]. Use a prybar (Item 2) in the location shown to move the
alternator until the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1)
Remove the alternator belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 287]. [Figure 289] can be installed.

Figure 288 Tighten the top alternator mounting bolt and the bottom
alternator mounting nut [Figure 288].

Install the alternator belt shield, mounting bolts, and nuts


[Figure 287].
1
Close the rear door.

P109662

Remove the top alternator mounting bolt (Item 1). Loosen


the bottom alternator mounting nut (Item 2) [Figure 288].

Move the alternator toward the engine fully and remove


the belt from the pulleys.

187 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

AIR CONDITIONING BELT

This machine may be equipped with air conditioning.

Belt Adjustment

The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates the
need for a tensioning device and does not require periodic adjustment.

Belt Replacement

Figure 290 Figure 292

P115128 P115425

A belt tool [Figure 290] is required to install the new air Remove the left side access cover bolts (Item 1)
conditioning belt. See your Bobcat dealer. [Figure 292] and remove the access cover.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and raise the Figure 293
operator cab. (See Raising on Page 138.)

Figure 291

3
2

P115426

The air conditioning compressor is located behind the


P115345
engine on the left side of the loader [Figure 293].

Remove the nut (Item 3) holding the operator cab


electrical harness clamp and move the harness toward
the front of the loader. Remove the bolts (Item 1) and
remove the lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 291].

188 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

AIR CONDITIONING BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement Cont’d)

Figure 294 Figure 295

1
2

P115495 P115361

Cut the old belt (Item 1) [Figure 294] and remove the belt Install the belt on the air conditioning compressor pulley
from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys for wear. and start the belt (Item 2) and the belt tool (Item 3) on the
front side of the hydraulic pump pulley (Item 1)
NOTE: This view [Figure 294] is from the rear door. [Figure 295].
The air conditioning belt can also be
accessed through the left side access cover NOTE: This view [Figure 295] is under the operator
or under the operator cab. cab on the left side of the loader.

Rotate the engine clockwise using the crankshaft pulley


bolt. Do not use the hydraulic pump pulley nut or the
flywheel bolts.

Ensure that the belt is fully installed on both pulleys.


Repeat the procedure if necessary.

Remove the belt tool.

Install the lower fan duct, bolts, electrical harness clamp,


and nut [Figure 291].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

Install the left side access cover and bolts [Figure 292].

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 139.)

Close the rear door.

189 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVE BELT

Belt Adjustment

The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a spring loaded idler that constantly maintains the correct belt
tension.

Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 297

Remove the air conditioning belt. (See AIR


CONDITIONING BELT on Page 188.)
1
Figure 296

1
2

2
3

P115497

Insert a breaker bar (Item 2) into the square hole


1
provided in the idler assembly (Item 1) [Figure 297] as
shown and push the breaker bar down to release tension
P115496
on the drive belt.

Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 3) [Figure 296]. Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley
and flywheel pulley.
Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (Item
1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 296] Inspect the pulleys for wear.
toward the back of the loader to unseat the shield from
the top and bottom drive belt shield mounting bolts. Install new drive belt.

Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 296]. Ensure the drive belt is positioned correctly on both
pulleys and idler assembly.

Remove the breaker bar.

190 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement (Cont’d)

Figure 298 Figure 299

Top Mounting Bolt

P115340A

Bottom Mounting Bolt

P115496

2
Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 299].

Install the air conditioning belt. (See AIR


CONDITIONING BELT on Page 188.)

Close the rear door.


P115339A

Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
mounting bolts. Slide the drive belt shield toward the front
of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 298].

191 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR

Checking Accumulator Charge

This machine may be equipped with Automatic Ride


Control.

The nitrogen charge in your accumulator will decrease


over time. This will result in decreased effectiveness of
the automatic ride control benefits.

NOTE: The signs of a low accumulator charge


include: excessive lift arm movement,
reduced ride control performance, or loss of
ride control function.

Special tools and equipment are required to check and


service the nitrogen charge in the accumulator.

WARNING
RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR INSTALLED
PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
After fully lowering the lift arms or installing an
approved lift arm support device, use lift arm bypass
control for 5 seconds to release pressure from lift
circuit before servicing.
See Operation & Maintenance Manual or Service
Manual for lift arm bypass control instructions.
W-3015-EN-0816

See your Bobcat dealer for service if you believe that


your automatic ride control accumulator charge is low.

192 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LUBRICATING THE LOADER

Lubrication Locations

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Lubricate the following:
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 125.)
Figure 301
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the
Bobcat loader.

Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose


grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.
1
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on
Page 108.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 111.)

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward until it contacts the ground.

Stop the engine. P115160

Figure 300
1. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 301].

1 Figure 302

2
5

6 7
8 2
3

4
P115163

The grease fitting locations [Figure 300] are shown in P115161


more detail in the following figures.

Open the rear door.

2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 302].

Close the rear door.

193 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Figure 303 Figure 305

P115219A P115165A

3. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 303]. 5. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 305].

Figure 304 Figure 306

P115164 P115167

4. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 304]. 6. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 306].

194 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) TRACK ROLLER AND IDLER LUBRICATION

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) Description

Figure 307 The track rollers and idlers have sealed bearings and do
not require lubrication.

PIVOT PINS

7 Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 309

P115166

7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 307].

Figure 308

P115162
8

All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and locknut (Item 1)
[Figure 309].

Check that the locknuts are tightened to 48 – 54 N•m (35


– 40 ft-lb) torque.

P107959

8. Power Bob-Tach Hydraulic Cylinder (if equipped) (2)


[Figure 308].

195 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER)

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 310 The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 311].

If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes


[Figure 311], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 312

P-85513A

Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges


[Figure 310].

The levers and wedges must move freely.

NA13065S

WARNING Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and


Bob-Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH damage [Figure 312]. Replace any parts that are
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
allow attachment to come off. repair or replacement parts.
W-2715-0208
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Figure 311 Page 125.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Page 193.)

Both wedges must


contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.

P-31233A NA3098

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 311] must extend through


the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

196 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

BOB-TACH (POWER)

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 313 The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 314].

1 If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes


[Figure 314], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 315

NA3234A

Push and hold the BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch


(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the
BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” switch (Item 2)
[Figure 313] until the wedges are fully down.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

NA13065S

WARNING Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and


Bob-Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH damage [Figure 315]. Replace any parts that are
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
allow attachment to come off. repair or replacement parts.
W-2715-0208
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Figure 314 Page 125.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Page 193.)

Both wedges must


contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.

P-31233A NA3098

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 314] must extend through


the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

197 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

Storage Return To Service

You may decide to store your Bobcat loader for an After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, perform the
extended period of time. Perform the procedures below procedures below to return the loader to service:
for storage:
• Check the engine oil and hydraulic fluid levels; check
• Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine coolant level.
compartment.
• Install a fully charged battery.
• Lubricate the loader.
• Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
• Replace worn or damaged parts.
• Check all belt tensions.
• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter.
• Be sure all shields and guards are in position.
• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat
on the ground. • Lubricate the loader.

• Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the • Check track condition and remove blocks from under
tracks. frame.

• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods. • Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.

• Put fuel stabiliser into the fuel tank and operate the • Start the engine and operate for a few minutes while
engine a few minutes to circulate the stabiliser to the observing the instrument panels and systems for
pump and fuel injectors. correct operation.

If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the • Operate machine, check for correct function.
following:
• Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel needed.
fuel, add fuel stabiliser, and operate the engine for at
least 30 minutes.

• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with


premixed coolant.

• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /


hydrostatic).

• Replace air cleaner, heater, and air conditioning


filters.

• Put all controls into the NEUTRAL position.

• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is


correct, then charge the battery. Store the battery in a
cool dry location above freezing temperatures and
charge the battery periodically during storage.

• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

• Tag the machine to indicate that the machine is in


storage condition.

198 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200


Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210


Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215


Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Changing The User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

199 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES

Viewing Service Codes

The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing conditions that can damage your machine.

Left Panel Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

Figure 316 The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel offers an


additional view of service codes that includes a brief
description.

1 The last 40 codes stored in history can also be viewed


using the Deluxe Instrumentation Panel.

Press a scroll button (Item


2 1) repeatedly until the
Active Warnings screen
NA3272 icon (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1
Press the Information button (Item 2) to cycle the data
The ACTIVE WARNINGS
display (Item 1) [Figure 316] until the service code
screen displays active
screen is displayed. If more than one service code is
service codes. Press [9]
present, the codes will scroll on the data display.
to view the next service
code if more than one is
When no service code is present, [NONE] is displayed
present. Press [4] to
[Figure 316].
display a history of service
codes.
NOTE: Corroded or loose earths can cause multiple
service codes and / or abnormal symptoms. The WARNINGS
All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm HISTORY screen will list
sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, the Service Code Number
can indicate a bad earth. The same symptoms (CODE), Hourmeter
can apply if the voltage is low, such as loose reading when the error
or corroded battery cables. If you observe occurred (HOUR), and the
these symptoms, check earths and positive User (USER) who was
leads first. logged in to operate the
machine when the error
occurred.
Press [9] to view the next eight service codes.

A total of 40 codes can be stored. When more than 40


codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.

Press the list number next


to the service code for
more detail.

Press the left scroll button


to back up one screen.

200 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List

Figure 317 The following letter codes may be displayed:

[AIRF] Replace engine air filter. (See ENGINE


1 2
AIR CLEANER on Page 145.)

[CODE] The controller is asking for a password.


(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)

[COLD] The engine controller has determined the


engine must warm up. (See Cold Temperature
Engine Speed Control on Page 103.)

[DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt


functions will not operate.)
NA3077
NA3084
NA3272 [ERROR] The wrong password was entered.
(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
Service codes can be either letters (Item 1) or numbers only.)
(Item 2) [Figure 317].
[REPLY] One or both instrument panel(s) not
communicating with the controller.

[RFOFF] Reversing fan is disabled. (See Reversing


Fan on Page 84.)

[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


A0618 Wheel speed out of range A8206 ACD output ‘C’ short to earth
A3623 ACD not programmed A8207 ACD output ‘C’ open circuit
A4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high A8232 ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent
A4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low A8302 ACD output ‘D’ error ON
A4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high A8303 ACD output ‘D’ error OFF
A4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low A8305 ACD output ‘D’ short to battery
A7701 Machine key active A8306 ACD output ‘D’ short to earth
A7901 E-Stop active A8307 ACD output ‘D’ open circuit
A8002 ACD output ‘A’ error ON A8332 ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent
A8003 ACD output ‘A’ error OFF A8402 ACD output ‘E’ error ON
A8005 ACD output ‘A’ short to battery A8403 ACD output ‘E’ error OFF
A8006 ACD output ‘A’ short to earth A8405 ACD output ‘E’ short to battery
A8007 ACD output ‘A’ open circuit A8406 ACD output ‘E’ short to earth
A8032 ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent A8407 ACD output ‘E’ open circuit
A8102 ACD output ‘B’ error ON A8432 ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent
A8103 ACD output ‘B’ error OFF A8502 ACD output ‘F’ error ON
A8105 ACD output ‘B’ short to battery A8503 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF
A8106 ACD output ‘B’ short to earth A8505 ACD output ‘F’ short to battery
A8107 ACD output ‘B’ open circuit A8506 ACD output ‘F’ short to earth
A8132 ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent A8507 ACD output ‘F’ open circuit
A8202 ACD output ‘C’ error ON A8532 ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent
A8203 ACD output ‘C’ error OFF A8602 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
A8205 ACD output ‘C’ short to battery A8603 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF

201 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


A8605 ACD output ‘G’ short to battery D7527 Drive left swash plate out of position
A8606 ACD output ‘G’ short to earth D7528 Drive right swash plate out of position
A8607 ACD output ‘G’ open circuit D7529 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range low
A8702 ACD output ‘H’ error ON D7531 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range low
A8703 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF D7532 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range low
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
A8705 ACD output ‘H’ short to battery D7533
low
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
A8706 ACD output ‘H’ short to earth D7534
low
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
A8707 ACD output ‘H’ open circuit D7535
low
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
A8802 Reversing solenoid error ON D7536
low
A8803 Reversing solenoid error OFF D7537 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low
D7538 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range low
D3905 Left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL D7539 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range high
D3907 Left joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7540 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range low
D4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7541 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range high
D7501 Drive CAN joystick information error D7542 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range low
D7504 Drive no communication from drive controller D7543 Drive left forward drive solenoid error ON
D7505 Drive left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL D7544 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error ON
D7507 Drive left joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7545 Drive right forward drive solenoid error ON
D7508 Drive right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7546 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error ON
Drive operating mode switch short to earth or
D7509 D7547 Drive right front steer extend short to battery
battery
D7510 Drive improper joysticks installed D7548 Drive left front steer extend short to battery
D7511 Drive left speed sensor not connected D7549 Drive right rear steer extend short to battery
D7512 Drive right speed sensor not connected D7550 Drive left rear steer extend short to battery
D7513 Drive right front wheel angle sensor stuck D7551 Drive steer pressure short to battery
D7514 Drive left front wheel angle sensor stuck D7552 Drive back-up alarm error ON
D7515 Drive right rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7553 Drive left forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7516 Drive left rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7554 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7517 Drive left swash plate not in NEUTRAL D7555 Drive right forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7518 Drive right swash plate not in NEUTRAL D7556 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7519 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range high D7557 Drive right front steer extend short to earth
D7521 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range high D7558 Drive right front steer retract short to earth
D7522 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range high D7559 Drive left front steer extend short to earth
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7523 D7560 Drive left front steer retract short to earth
high
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7524 D7561 Drive right rear steer extend short to earth
high
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7525 D7562 Drive right rear steer retract short to earth
high
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7526 D7563 Drive left rear steer extend short to earth
high

202 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


D7564 Drive left rear steer retract short to earth E00002709 EGR actuator position fault
D7565 Drive steer pressure short to earth E00002710 EGR actuator position fault
D7566 Drive back-up alarm error OFF E00002720 EGR position learning fault
D7567 Drive no communication from Bobcat controller E00002730 EGR position learning fault
D7568 Drive angle sensors not calibrated E00002903 Throttle position sensor fault
D7569 Drive battery voltage out of range high E00002904 Throttle position sensor fault
Drive interrupted power (also occurs after
D7570 E00009102 Throttle position sensor fault
software updates)
D7571 Drive battery voltage out of range low E00009103 Throttle position sensor fault
D7572 Drive pump not calibrated E00009104 Throttle position sensor fault
Drive operating mode switch flipped while
D7573 E00009119 Throttle position sensor fault
operating
D7574 Drive right wheel speed uncommanded motion E00009411 Rail pressure control fault
D7575 Drive left wheel speed uncommanded motion E00009703 Water in fuel sensor fault
D7576 Drive no communication from ACS controller E00009704 Water in fuel sensor fault
D7577 Drive left speed sensor out of range high E00009709 Water in fuel sensor fault
D7578 Drive right speed sensor out of range high E00009731 Water in fuel detected
D7579 Drive left speed sensor out of range low E00010001 Engine oil pressure too low
D7580 Drive right speed sensor out of range low E00010003 Engine oil pressure fault
D7581 Drive right front steer retract short to battery E00010004 Engine oil pressure fault
D7582 Drive left front steer retract short to battery E00010203 Intake air pressure sensor fault
D7583 Drive right rear steer retract short to battery E00010204 Intake air pressure sensor fault
D7584 Drive left rear steer retract short to battery E00010502 Intake manifold temperature fault
D7585 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range high E00010503 Intake manifold temperature sensor fault
D7586 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range high E00010504 Intake manifold temperature sensor fault
D7587 Drive software update required E00010509 Intake manifold temperature sensor fault
D7588 Drive switched power stuck ON E00010510 Intake manifold temperature sensor fault
D7589 Drive switched power error OFF E00010603 Manifold pressure sensor fault
D7590 Drive calibration performed E00010604 Manifold pressure sensor fault
D7591 Drive left swash plate sensor reversed E00010609 Manifold pressure sensor fault
D7592 Drive right swash plate sensor reversed E00010803 Barometric pressure fault
D7593 Drive unresponsive right speed sensor E00010804 Barometric pressure fault
D7594 Drive unresponsive left speed sensor E00010809 Barometric pressure fault
D7595 Drive left speed sensor reverse direction E00011000 Engine temperature extremely high
D7596 Drive right speed sensor reverse direction E00011002 Engine coolant temperature fault
D7597 Drive controller programmed E00011003 Water temperature sensor fault
D7598 Drive controller in calibration mode E00011004 Water temperature sensor fault
Drive AWS controller in wheel position
D7599 E00011031 Engine coolant temperature sensor fault
calibration mode
E00013200 Intake air volume fault
E00002700 EGR control fault E00013201 Intake air volume fault
E00002701 EGR control fault E00013203 MAF sensor fault
E00002703 EGR actuator position fault E00013204 MAF sensor fault
E00002704 EGR actuator position fault E00013209 MAF sensor fault

203 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


E00013215 Boost pressure fault E00063730 Cam signal fault
E00013231 MAF sensor fault E00063919 ECU communication error
E00015700 Rail pressure fault E00064103 Boost control fault
E00015702 Rail pressure sensor fault E00064104 Boost control fault
E00015703 Rail pressure sensor fault E00065103 Injector #1 fault
E00015704 Rail pressure sensor fault E00065105 Injector #1 fault
E00015710 Rail pressure fault E00065106 Injector #1 fault
E00015711 Rail pressure fault E00065131 Injector #1 fault
E00015721 Rail pressure control fault E00065203 Injector #2 fault
E00015722 Rail pressure control fault E00065205 Injector #2 fault
E00016803 System voltage too high E00065206 Injector #2 fault
E00016804 System voltage too low E00065231 Injector #2 fault
E00017103 MAF sensor fault E00065303 Injector #3 fault
E00017104 MAF sensor fault E00065305 Injector #3 fault
E00017200 Intake air temperature too high E00065306 Injector #3 fault
E00017202 Intake air temperature sensor fault E00065331 Injector #3 fault
E00017203 Intake air temperature sensor fault E00065403 Injector #4 fault
E00017204 Intake air temperature sensor fault E00065405 Injector #4 fault
E00017209 Intake air temperature sensor fault E00065406 Injector #4 fault
E00017300 Exhaust over temperature fault E00065431 Injector #4 fault
E00017400 Fuel temperature too high E00067603 Glow plug relay fault
E00017402 Fuel temperature fault E00067604 Glow plug relay fault
E00017403 Fuel temperature sensor fault E00067605 Glow plug relay fault
E00017404 Fuel temperature sensor fault E00072302 Camshaft position sensor fault
E00017502 Engine oil temperature fault E00072308 Camshaft position sensor fault
E00017531 Engine oil temperature sensor fault E00107600 Rail pressure control fault
E00019000 Engine speed extremely high E00107601 Rail pressure control fault
E00062802 ECU fault E00107603 Rail pressure control fault
E00062912 ECU fault E00107604 Rail pressure control fault
E00063011 Injector data fault E00107609 Rail pressure control fault
E00063023 ECU fault E00107615 Rail pressure control fault
E00063024 ECU fault E00107616 Rail pressure control fault
E00063025 ECU fault E00107617 Rail pressure control fault
E00063031 ECU fault E00107618 Rail pressure control fault
E00063307 Rail pressure fault E00107631 Rail pressure control fault
E00063600 Crank position sensor fault E00107702 ECU fault
E00063601 Crank position sensor fault E00118002 Turbo temperature fault
E00063602 Crank position sensor fault E00118003 Turbo temperature sensor fault
E00063607 Cam or crank sensor fault E00118004 Turbo temperature sensor fault
E00063608 Crank position sensor fault E00118009 Turbo temperature sensor fault
E00063611 Crank position sensor fault E00118010 Turbo temperature sensor fault
E00063702 Cam signal fault E00118031 Turbo temperature sensor fault
E00063708 Cam signal fault E00122103 ECU safety monitoring fault
E00063720 Cam signal fault E00122104 ECU safety monitoring fault

204 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


E00122111 ECU safety monitoring fault E00370116 Particulate matter too high
E00122119 ECU safety monitoring fault E00408203 Inlet metering valve fault
E00122126 ECU safety monitoring fault E00408204 Inlet metering valve fault
E00122127 ECU safety monitoring fault E00408205 Inlet metering valve fault
E00122128 ECU safety monitoring fault E00476500 Exhaust temperature extremely high
E00122129 ECU safety monitoring fault E00476503 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault
E00122131 ECU safety monitoring fault E00476504 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault
E00123901 High pressure fuel leak E00476518 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault
E00134703 High pressure pump fault E00532403 Glow plug signal fault
E00134704 High pressure pump fault E00532404 Glow plug signal fault
E00134707 High pressure pump fault E52352302 Injector #1 and #4 fault
E00148502 ECU main relay fault E52352303 Injector #1 and #4 fault
E00148507 ECU main relay fault E52352304 Injector #1 and #4 fault
E00148511 ECU main relay fault E52352402 Injector #2 and #3 fault
E00161203 Injector #1 and #4 fault E52352403 Injector #2 and #3 fault
E00161204 Injector #1 and #4 fault E52352404 Injector #2 and #3 fault
E00161303 Injector #2 and #3 fault E52352501 Injector fault
E00161304 Injector #2 and #3 fault E52352702 ECU fault
E00279103 EGR motor fault E52353500 Injector fault
E00279104 EGR motor fault E52353602 EGR fault
E00279105 EGR motor fault E52353702 EGR fault
E00279108 EGR position fault E52353802 ECU fault
E00324200 Exhaust temperature extremely high E52353807 ECU fault
E00324203 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault E52353902 Fuel pump fault
E00324204 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault E52354002 Fuel pump fault
E00324216 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault E52354103 EGR fault
E00324600 Exhaust temperature extremely high E52354104 EGR fault
E00324603 EGR temperature sensor fault E52354302 Throttle position sensor fault
E00324604 EGR temperature sensor fault E52354403 Intake heater fault
E00324616 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault E52354404 Intake heater fault
E00325100 Differential pressure sensor fault E52354702 ECU communication error
E00325101 Differential pressure sensor fault E52354802 ECU communication error
E00325103 EGR temperature sensor fault E52357204 EGR position sensor fault
E00325104 EGR temperature sensor fault E52357403 EGR actuator fault
E00325200 Exhaust temperature too high E52357404 EGR actuator fault
E00350903 Sensor supply voltage fault E52357507 EGR actuator fault
E00350904 Sensor supply voltage fault E52357602 EGR motor fault
E00350911 Sensor supply voltage fault E52357702 EGR temperature sensor fault
E00351003 Sensor supply voltage fault E52357802 EGR fault
E00351004 Sensor supply voltage fault E52358002 Intake throttle fault
E00351011 Sensor supply voltage fault E52358203 Intake throttle lift sensor fault
E00351111 Sensor supply voltage fault E52358204 Intake throttle lift sensor fault
E00370100 Particulate matter extremely high E52358917 Low water temperature in parked regeneration
E00370115 Particulate matter warning E52359016 Parked regeneration time out

205 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


E52359102 ECU communication fault H2606 Front base output short to ground
E52359202 ECU communication fault H2607 Front base output open circuit
E52359302 ECU communication fault H2632 Front base output overcurrent
E52359402 ECU communication fault H2705 Front rod output short to battery
E52359502 ECU communication fault H2706 Front rod output short to ground
E52359602 ECU communication fault H2707 Front rod output open circuit
E52359800 DOC failure H2732 Front rod output overcurrent
E52359802 ECU communication fault H2805 Diverter short to battery
E52359900 Exhaust temperature sensor fault H2806 Diverter short to ground
E52360000 Pump calibration error H2807 Diverter open circuit
E52360100 Exhaust gas temperature sensor fault H2905 High-flow short to battery
E52360200 DPF fault H2906 High-flow short to ground
E52360315 Water temperature sensor fault H2907 High-flow open circuit
E52360402 ECU communication fault H2932 High-flow overcurrent
E52370013 ECU fault H3028 Controller memory failure
H3128 Interrupted power failure
H1221 Right thumb switch out of range high H3648 Multiple ACD conflict error
H1222 Right thumb switch out of range low H3904 Left joystick in error
H1224 Right thumb switch not in NEUTRAL H3912 Left joystick thumb switch not in NEUTRAL
H1321 Left thumb switch out of range high H3913 Left joystick grip no communication
H1322 Left thumb switch out of range low H3916 Left joystick no communication
H1324 Left thumb switch not in NEUTRAL H3928 Left joystick internal failure
H1421 Lift base pressure out of range high H3948 Left joystick multiple
H1422 Lift base pressure out of range low H4004 Right joystick in error
H1502 Ride control output error ON H4012 Right joystick thumb switch not in NEUTRAL
H1503 Ride control output error OFF H4013 Right joystick grip no communication
H1507 Ride control output open circuit H4016 Right joystick no communication
H1528 Ride control output failure H4028 Right joystick internal failure
H1602 Ride control relay error ON H4048 Right joystick multiple
H1603 Ride control relay error OFF H4302 Horn error ON
H2105 Reverse fan solenoid short to battery H4303 Horn error OFF
H2106 Reverse fan solenoid short to ground H4423 Auxiliary not programmed
H2107 Reverse fan solenoid open circuit H4497 Auxiliary controller programmed
H2132 Reverse fan solenoid overcurrent H4502 Right blinker error ON
H2305 Rear base output short to battery H4503 Right blinker error OFF
H2306 Rear base output short to ground H4602 Left blinker error ON
H2307 Rear base output open circuit H4603 Left blinker error OFF
H2332 Rear base output overcurrent H4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
H2405 Rear rod output short to battery H4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
H2406 Rear rod output short to ground H4821 5 volt sensor supply out of range high
H2407 Rear rod output open circuit H4822 5 volt sensor supply out of range low
H2432 Rear rod output overcurrent H7404 Main controller no communication
Press to operate loader keypad no
H2505 Diverter #2 short to battery H9004
communication
H2506 Diverter #2 short to ground
H2507 Diverter #2 open circuit L0102 Lights button error ON
High-flow enable / auto idle enable button error
H2605 Front base output short to battery L0202
ON

206 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


L0302 Auxiliary enable button error ON M0909 Fuel level too low
L0402 Information button error ON M0921 Fuel level out of range high
L7404 Main controller no communication M0922 Fuel level out of range low
L7672 Left display panel needs programming M1016 Hydraulic charge filter not connected
M1017 Hydraulic charge filter plugged
M0116 Air filter not connected M1121 Seat bar sensor out of range high
M0117 Air filter plugged M1122 Seat bar sensor out of range low
M0144 Air filter derate level 1 M1128 Seat bar sensor failure
M0145 Air filter derate level 2 M1305 Fuel hold solenoid short to battery
M0216 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter not connected M1306 Fuel hold solenoid short to ground
M0217 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter plugged M1307 Fuel hold solenoid open circuit
M0309 System voltage too low M1402 Fuel pull solenoid error ON
M0310 System voltage too high M1403 Fuel pull solenoid error OFF
M0311 System voltage extremely high M1407 Fuel pull solenoid open circuit
M0314 System voltage extremely low M1428 Fuel pull solenoid failure
M0322 System voltage out of range low M1502 Traction lock pull output error ON
M0409 Engine oil pressure too low M1503 Traction lock pull output error OFF
M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low M1507 Traction lock pull output open circuit
M0415 Engine oil pressure in shutdown M1528 Traction lock pull output failure
M0421 Engine oil pressure out of range high M1605 Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery
M0422 Engine oil pressure out of range low M1606 Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground
M0509 Hydraulic charge pressure too low M1607 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit
M0510 Hydraulic charge pressure too high M1705 Hydraulic lock valve short to battery
M0511 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high M1706 Hydraulic lock valve short to ground
M0514 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low M1707 Hydraulic lock valve open circuit
M0515 Hydraulic charge pressure in shutdown M1732 Hydraulic lock valve overcurrent
M0521 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high M1805 Lift spool lock output short to battery
M0522 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low M1806 Lift spool lock output short to ground
M0610 Engine speed too high M1807 Lift spool lock output open circuit
M0611 Engine speed extremely high M1832 Lift spool lock output overcurrent
M0613 Engine speed no signal M2005 Two-speed primary solenoid short to battery
M0615 Engine speed in shutdown M2006 Two-speed primary solenoid short to ground
M0618 Engine speed out of range M2007 Two-speed primary solenoid open circuit
M0634 Engine speed invalid information from ECU M2032 Two-speed primary solenoid overcurrent
M0710 Hydraulic fluid temperature too high M2102 Glow plug output error ON
M0711 Hydraulic fluid temperature extremely high M2103 Glow plug output error OFF
M0715 Hydraulic fluid temperature in shutdown M2107 Glow plug output open circuit
M0721 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range high M2128 Glow plug output failure
M0722 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range low M2202 Starter output error ON
M0810 Engine coolant temperature too high M2203 Starter output error OFF
M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high M2207 Starter output open circuit
M0815 Engine coolant temperature in shutdown M2228 Starter output failure
M0821 Engine coolant temperature out of range high M2302 Starter relay error ON
M0822 Engine coolant temperature out of range low M2303 Starter relay error OFF
M0826 Engine coolant temperature pre-shutdown M2402 Fuel pull relay error ON

207 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


M2403 Fuel pull relay error OFF M4903 Rear light relay error OFF
M2502 Traction pull relay error ON M5002 Front light output error ON
M2503 Traction pull relay error OFF M5003 Front light output error OFF
M2602 Glow plug relay error ON M5007 Front light output open circuit
M2603 Glow plug relay error OFF M5028 Front light output failure
M2721 Throttle primary sensor out of range high M5102 Rear light output error ON
M2722 Throttle primary sensor out of range low M5103 Rear light output error OFF
M2821 Throttle secondary sensor out of range high M5107 Rear light output open circuit
M2822 Throttle secondary sensor out of range low M5128 Rear light output failure
M2899 Throttle secondary sensor not calibrated M5202 Press to operate button error ON
M3028 Controller memory failure M5221 Press to operate button out of range high
M3128 Interrupted power failure M5222 Press to operate button out of range low
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
M3204 M5305 Press to operate light short to battery
controller
M3304 Deluxe panel no communication M5306 Press to operate light short to ground
M3404 Deluxe panel in error M5405 Tilt spool lock short to battery
M3505 Hydraulic fan short to battery M5406 Tilt spool lock short to ground
M3506 Hydraulic fan short to ground M5407 Tilt spool lock open circuit
M3507 Hydraulic fan open circuit M5432 Tilt spool lock overcurrent
M3532 Hydraulic fan overcurrent M5810 Fuel temperature too high
M3705 Two-speed second output short to battery M5811 Fuel temperature extremely high
M3706 Two-speed second output short to ground M5815 Fuel temperature in shutdown
M3707 Two-speed second output open circuit M5826 Fuel temperature pre-shutdown
M3732 Two-speed second output overcurrent M5902 DPF regeneration switch error ON
M3805 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery M6002 DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON
M3806 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to ground M6102 Remote parked regeneration switch error ON
M3807 Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit M6402 Switched power relay error ON
M3832 Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent M6403 Switched power relay error OFF
M4028 Wrong ECU detected M6505 ECU power short to battery
M4109 Alternator voltage too low M6506 ECU power short to ground
M4110 Alternator voltage high M6507 ECU power open circuit
M4111 Alternator voltage extremely high M6604 ECU no communication
M4304 Keyless panel no communication M6702 HVAC output error ON
M4404 Auxiliary no communication M6703 HVAC output error OFF
M4510 Water in fuel sensor too high M6707 HVAC output open circuit
M4511 Water in fuel sensor extremely high M6728 HVAC output failure
M4521 Water in fuel sensor out of range high M6802 HVAC relay error ON
M4522 Water in fuel sensor out of range low M6803 HVAC relay error OFF
M4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high M7002 Switched power output error ON
M4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low M7003 Switched power output error OFF
M4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high M7007 Switched power output open circuit
M4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low M7028 Switched power output failure
M4802 Front light relay error ON M7304 Remote control no communication
M4803 Front light relay error OFF M7316 Remote control no communication to transmitter
M4902 Rear light relay error ON M7423 Main controller not programmed

208 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


M7472 Main controller needs programming W3233 ACS (AHC) tilt handle wiring
M7497 Main controller programmed W3234 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator not in NEUTRAL
M7504 Drive no communication W3235 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal not in NEUTRAL
M7604 Left display panel no communication W3236 ACS (AHC) lift actuator
M7748 Key switch multiple W3237 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wiring
M7839 Hourmeter changed W3238 ACS (AHC) lift handle wiring
M7974 Door open W3239 ACS (AHC) lift actuator not in NEUTRAL
M8541 DPF automatic regeneration active W3240 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal not in NEUTRAL
DPF automatic regeneration active (Operate
M8542 W3241 ACS (AHC) no communication
machine under load)
M8543 DPF regeneration required W3249 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to ground
M8551 DPF regeneration needed – inhibit active W3250 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to ground
DPF regeneration needed – inhibit active
M8552 W3251 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to battery
(Operate machine under load)
DPF remote parked regeneration required
M8553 W3252 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to battery
(Remote regeneration kit required)
DPF service regeneration required (Contact
M8554 W3253 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to ground
Bobcat dealer)
M8555 DPF service required W3254 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to ground
M8560 DPF service regeneration active W3255 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to battery
M8561 DPF service regeneration active W3256 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to battery
M8562 DPF service regeneration active W3257 ACS (AHC) lift actuator reduced performance
M8563 DPF service regeneration active W3258 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator reduced performance
M8564 DPF service regeneration active W3259 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wrong direction
M8615 Engine speed derate in shutdown W3260 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wrong direction
M8625 Engine speed derate unresponsive W3261 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to ground
Press to operate loader keypad no
M9004 W3262 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to battery
communication
R7404 Main controller no communication W3263 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to ground
W3264 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to battery
T9002 Service tool output ‘C’ error ON W3265 ACS (AHC) sensor supply voltage out of range
T9003 Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF W3266 ACS (AHC) battery voltage out of range
T9102 Service tool output ‘D’ error ON W3267 ACS (AHC) switch flipped while operating
T9103 Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF W3268 ACS (AHC) lift handle information error
ACS (AHC) control mode toggle switched while
T9202 Service tool output ‘E’ error ON W3269
operating
T9203 Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF W3270 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to ground
T9302 Service tool output ‘F’ error ON W3271 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to battery
T9303 Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF W3274 ACS (AHC) left joystick X-axis out of range
W3275 ACS (AHC) interrupted unswitched power
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
W3204 W3276 ACS (AHC) CAN joystick information error
controller
W3223 ACS (AHC) calibration required W3277 ACS (AHC) remote control information error
W3224 ACS (AHC) calibration performed W3297 ACS (AHC) controller programmed
W3225 ACS (AHC) actuator calibration failed W3905 Left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL
W3231 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator W4005 Right joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL
W3232 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wiring W4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL

209 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL PANEL SETUP

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

Icon Identification Vitals

Figure 318

Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the
Vitals screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted.
1 1

Displays select system


operating levels.

NA3189
You can monitor real-time displays of:

ICON DESCRIPTION • Engine Speed


• Engine Oil Pressure
DATE / TIME • Engine Coolant Temperature
• Fuel Consumption
USER / HOURMETER • System Voltage
• Hydraulic Charge Pressure
CURRENT JOB HOURS • Hydraulic Fluid Temperature
• Engine Oil Temperature
ACTIVE WARNINGS screen icon
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel is easy to use.
VITALS screen icon Continue to set your own preferences for operating /
monitoring your Bobcat loader.
SERVICE screen icon

MAIN screen icon

ATTACHMENTS screen icon

SECURITY screen icon

DISPLAY screen icon

HOME icon (Return to MAIN screen)

LEFT SCROLL button

RIGHT SCROLL button

ENTER button

210 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Date And Time English / Metric Display

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Display screen icon (Inset) Display screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted. is highlighted.
1 1 1 1

Select [4. DISPLAY


Select [1. CLOCKS].
SETTINGS].

Press [1] to cycle between


Select [1. TIME].
ENGLISH and METRIC.

Use the keypad to enter


Auto Idle Time Delay
time.

Select AM / PM / 24hr.
Press a scroll button (Item
Press [ENTER] to 1) repeatedly until the
continue. Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1

Select [2. DATE].

Select [3. ENGINE


SETTINGS].

Use the keypad to enter


date. Use the keypad to enter
the desired delay time
Press [ENTER] to between 4 and 250
continue. seconds.

Press [ENTER] to save


and continue. Press left
scroll button to exit without
saving.

211 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Job Clock Reset

Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1

Select [1. PASSWORDS /


LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].

Select [1. USER


SETTINGS].

Select user.

Select [3. RESET JOB


STATISTICS].

Press [9] to reset job


statistics.

Press left scroll button or


[0] to exit without saving.

212 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Machine Lockouts (High Flow And Two-Speed) Machine Lockouts (Travel Speed) (SJC Only)

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item


1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted. (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 1 1

Select [1. PASSWORDS / Select [1. PASSWORDS /


LOCKOUTS]. LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password Enter owner password


and press [ENTER]. and press [ENTER].

Select [3. HIGH FLOW].


Select [5. TRAVEL
OR
SPEED].
Select [4. TWO-SPEED].

HIGH FLOW
TRAVEL SPEED
Press user number to
cycle between LOCKED Select user.
and UNLOCKED.

FORWARD / REVERSE
TWO-SPEED TRAVEL SPEED LIMIT

Press user number to Enter forward travel speed


cycle between LOCKED limit as a percentage and
and UNLOCKED. press [ENTER] to save.

Enter reverse travel speed


limit as a percentage and
NOTE: High-Flow and Two-Speed lockouts for the press [ENTER] to save.
owner are active even if the Password
Lockout feature is unlocked.

213 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL)

Password Description

Master Password: Owner Password:

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Allows for full use of the loader. Must be used to
factory that cannot be changed. This password is change the owner password.
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

Changing The Owner Password Password Lockout Feature

Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
loaders electrical system. feature so that a password does not need to be used
every time the engine is started.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0) if locked. Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
loaders electrical system.
Figure 319
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0).

Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 319].

The left panel display screen will show [CODE].

Enter the five digit owner password using the number


keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then become solid.

1 The loader can now be started without using a password.


2
NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the
P-90805
machine lock so that the loader requires a
password to start the engine.

Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2) Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
[Figure 319] keys for 2 seconds. loaders electrical system.

The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 319].
screen will show [ENTER].
The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
Enter a new five digit owner password using the number screen will show [CODE].
keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel
display screen for each key press. Enter the five digit owner password using the number
keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN]. then the lock key red light will become solid.

Enter the new five digit owner password again. You must now enter the password every time to start the
loader.
The lock key red light will become solid.

214 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL)

Password Description Changing The Owner Password

All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel


arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked
mode. Locked mode means that a password must be Press a scroll button (Item
used to start the engine. 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
For security purposes, your dealer may change the (Inset) is highlighted.
password and set the keypad in the locked mode. Your 1 1
dealer will provide you with the password.

Master Password:

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Select [1. PASSWORDS /


factory that cannot be changed. This password is LOCKOUTS].
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.

Owner Password:
Enter owner password
Allows for full use of the loader and to set up the
and press [ENTER].
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. There is only one
owner password. The owner password must be used
to change the owner or user passwords. Owner
should change the password as soon as possible for
security of the loader.

User Password: Select [1. USER


SETTINGS].
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot
change passwords or lockout features.

For the procedures to change passwords: (See Changing


The Owner Password on Page 215.) and (See Changing
The User Passwords on Page 216.)

Select [1. OWNER].

Select [2. CHANGE


PASSWORD].

Enter new owner


password and press
[ENTER].

You will be prompted to


reenter the new owner
password.

215 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) (CONT’D)

Changing The User Passwords Password Lockout Feature

This feature allows the owner to unlock the password


feature so that a password does not need to be used
Press a scroll button (Item every time the engine is started.
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 Press a scroll button (Item
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.

Select [1. PASSWORDS / 1 1


LOCKOUTS].

Select [1. PASSWORDS /


LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].

Enter owner password


and press [ENTER].

Select [1. USER


SETTINGS].

Select [2. MACHINE


LOCK].

Select user.

NOTE: The procedure above can be followed to reset


the machine lock so that the machine requires
a password to start the engine.

Select [2. CHANGE


PASSWORD].

Enter new user password


and press [ENTER].

216 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MAINTENANCE CLOCK

Description

The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next Figure 321
service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.

Figure 320

2 1
1

NA3086 NA3195

During machine operation, a 2 beep alarm will sound The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will
when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned display a message (Item 1) [Figure 321] alerting the
maintenance. operator to service the machine.

The remaining hours before maintenance is required This message will appear for 10 seconds every time the
(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 5 seconds machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon
(Item 2) [Figure 320] flash. Figure 322

NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after


counting down to zero.

The display will revert to the previous display and will


appear for 5 seconds every time the machine is started
until the maintenance clock is reset.

NA3198

The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will


display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 322] showing the time
remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when
service is past due. [NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE] will
change to [MAINTENANCE PAST DUE] and display the
number of hours past due.

Keys [4] and [9] can be used to adjust the service


interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 322].

217 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D)

Setup Reset

See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature. See your Bobcat dealer to reset the maintenance clock.

218 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

SPECIFICATIONS

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220


Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Ground Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Certain specification(s) are based on engineering calculations and are not actual measurements. Specification(s)
are provided for comparison purposes only and are subject to change without notice. Specification(s) for your
individual Bobcat equipment will vary based on normal variations in design, manufacturing, operating conditions,
and other factors.

219 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tracks and 56 in. Construction and Industrial bucket and may
vary with other bucket types.

• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.

1478 mm
(58.2 in)
1979 mm
(77.9 in)

1397 mm
(55 in)
1422 mm
1097 mm (56 in)
(43.2 in)

91°

40°
3604 mm
(141.9 in)

597 mm
(23.5 in)
2781 mm
(109.5 in)

1976 mm 2129 mm
(77.8 in) (83.8 in)

28° 28°

213 mm
1275 mm
(8.4 in)
(50.2 in)

2499 mm
(98.4 in)

3216 mm
(126.6 in) NA9143

Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response,
and can cause failure of the loader parts.

220 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Performance

Rated Operating Capacity


665 kg (1466 lb)
(ISO 14397-1)
with 200 Pound Frame Mounted
710 kg (1566 lb)
Counterweight Kit (ISO 14397-1)
Tipping Load (ISO 14397-1) 1900 kg (4188 lb)
Operating Weight 2789 kg (6148 lb)
Breakout Force – Lift 1564 kg (3450 lb)
Breakout Force – Tilt 1627 kg (3588 lb)
Travel Speed:
– Single Speed Loader 0 – 11,7 km/h (0 – 7.3 mph)
– Two-Speed Loader (Option):
Low Range 0 – 11,7 km/h (0 – 7.3 mph)
High Range 0 – 17,7 km/h (0 – 11.0 mph)

Engine

Make / Model Bobcat Engine / 2,4L Bobcat Engine Stage III B


Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower:
– ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 43,4 kW (58.2 hp) @ 2600 rpm
– ISO 14396 Gross 45,5 kW (61.1 hp) @ 2600 rpm
– SAE J1995 Gross 46,2 kW (61.9 hp) @ 2600 rpm
– Rated Power 45,5 kW (61.0 hp) @ 2600 rpm
Torque:
– ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 213,5 N•m (157.5 ft-lb) @ 1800 rpm
– ISO 14396 Gross 225,2 N•m (166.1 ft-lb) @ 1800 rpm
– SAE J1995 Gross 228,2 N•m (168.3 ft-lb) @ 1800 rpm
– Rated Torque 225,1 N•m (166.0 ft-lb) @ 1800 rpm
Low Idle rpm 1125 – 1175
High Idle rpm 2600
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 2392,5 cm3 (146.0 in3)
Bore / Stroke 90 mm / 94 mm (3.54 in / 3.70 in)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel – Compression
Air Induction Turbo-Charged and Charged Air Cooled
Engine Coolant Propylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Glow plugs automatically activated as needed in RUN position

221 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Drive System

Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, rubber track drive


Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing
Transmission
hydrostatic motors
Tracks (Tension) Grease cylinder and spring

Controls

Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional
Machine Steering
joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics:
Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS)
– Lift and Tilt
or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
– Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or joystick
– Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or joystick
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through quick couplers; Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds
Hand operated speed control, additional foot operated speed control pedal with
Engine SJC option; key-type start switch or optional Keyless Start Panel or optional
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown
Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering
Service Brake
levers or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions
Spring applied pressure release multiple-disc brake activated by manually
Parking Brake
operated switch on left instrument panel

222 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Hydraulic System

Pump Type Engine driven, gear type


Pump Capacity 63,2 L/min (16.7 U.S. gpm)
System Relief at Quick Couplers 22,4 – 23,1 MPa (224 – 231 bar) (3250 – 3350 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Filter (Charge) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, spin-on element
Double-acting; lift cylinders have cushioning feature on lower, tilt cylinders have
Hydraulic Cylinders:
cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Lift Cylinder (2):
Bore Diameter 50,8 mm (2.00 in)
Rod Diameter 31,8 mm (1.25 in)
Stroke 665,2 mm (26.19 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2):
Bore Diameter 60,4 mm (2.38 in)
Rod Diameter 31,8 mm (1.25 in)
Stroke 353,8 mm (13.93 in)
3-Spool, open centre, manually operated with spring detent for lift float;
Control Valve – Standard
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
3-Spool, open centre with electric actuator controlled lift with float and tilt;
Control Valve – ACS and SJC
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses, and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:
Raise Lift Arms 2.6 seconds
Lower Lift Arms 2.4 seconds
Bucket Dump 2.0 seconds
Bucket Rollback 1.5 seconds

223 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Electrical System

Alternator Belt driven, 90 amperes, open frame


12 volt, 700 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F),
Battery
110 minute reserve capacity @ 25 amperes
Starter 12 volt, gear type, 3,2 kW (4.29 hp)
Gauges:
Engine Coolant Temperature and Fuel Level
Warning lights:
Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction,
Hydraulic System Malfunction, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) / Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF), and General Warning
Indicators:
BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Restraint, and Turn Signals
Data Display:
Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock
Instrumentation Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown, Lift
and Tilt Compensation Setting, Steering Drift Compensation Setting, and Drive
Response Setting
Other:
Audible Alarm, Lights, and Option / Accessory Switches
Optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel:
*Additional displays for: Engine rpm, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Oil
Pressure, System Voltage, Hydraulic Fluid Temperature, and Hydrostatic Charge
Pressure
*Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock, Password
Lockout, Multiple-Language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability, and
Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function

Capacities

Fuel 65,5 L (17.3 U.S. gal)


Engine Oil with Filter Change 8,6 L (9.1 qt)
Engine Cooling System with Heater 12,3 L (3.2 U.S. gal)
Engine Cooling System without
11,3 L (3.0 U.S. gal)
Heater
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 5,3 L (1.4 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 21,0 L (5.5 U.S. gal)
Hydrostatic Drive Motor (Each) 345 - 375 mL (11.7 - 12.7 U.S. fl oz)
Air Conditioning Refrigerant (R-134a) 0,9 kg (2.0 lb)

224 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Tracks

Standard 300 mm (11.8 in) Rubber, C-Pattern

Ground Pressure

Standard Track – 300 mm (11.8 in) 0,032 MPa (0,32 bar) (4.66 psi)

Environmental

DECLARED SINGLE-NUMBER NOISE EMISSION VALUES


In accordance with ISO 4871
Noise level per Directive 2000/14/EC — LwA 99 dB
Operator noise level per Directive 2006/42/EC — LpA 84 dB

DECLARED VIBRATION EMISSION VALUES


In accordance with EN 12096
Value Uncertainty
2
Whole-body vibration per ISO 2631-1 2,41 m/s 0,96 m/s2
Hand-arm vibration per ISO 5349-1 3,01 m/s2 1,50 m/s2

Machine equipped with optional HVAC (air condition) contains fluorinated greenhouse gas (F-gas)
F-gas type HFC-134a
F-gas mass (kg) 0.68
CO2 equivalent (t) 0.97
GWP 1430

Temperature Range

Operation and storage -26 – +43°C (-15 – +110°F)

225 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

WARRANTY

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227

226 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

WARRANTY

WARRANTY
BOBCAT LOADERS

Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o. (“Doosan”) warrants to its authorized dealers who in turn warrants to the customer
that each new Bobcat Loader will be free from defects in material and workmanship for twelve (12) months from
the date of delivery to the customer or 2000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first. During the warranty
period, the authorized Doosan dealer shall repair or replace, at Doosan’s option, without charge for parts, labour
and travel of technicians, any part of the Doosan product which fails because of defects in material or
workmanship. The customer shall provide the authorized Doosan dealer with prompt written notice of the defect
and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. Doosan may, at its option, request failed parts to be returned
to the factory or to any other designated location. Transportation of the Doosan product to the authorized Doosan
dealer for warranty work is not the responsibility of Doosan. Service schedules must adhere to prescribed
intervals and Bobcat genuine parts/lubricants must be used. The warranty does not apply to tyres, tracks or other
accessories not manufactured by Doosan. For coverage on engines, consult with your Bobcat Dealer. For these
non-covered items, the customer shall refer solely to the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof,
in accordance with the respective manufacturers warranty statement. Some Doosan parts are covered pro-rata
depending on the expected life-time of the part. Coverage for batteries, air-conditioning refill, couplers and
ignition system parts (glow plugs, fuel injection pumps, injectors) is reduced as failures generally originate from
factors not under Doosan’s control such as, but not limited to, prolonged storage, abuse or fuel quality. Reduced
coverage is, depending on the component, limited from 50 to 500 operating hours. The warranty does not cover: (i)
Oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements, brake linings, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, alternator fan belts,
drive belts, pins, bushings and other high-wear items. (ii) Damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations,
use of the product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Doosan, air flow obstructions, or failure to
maintain or use the Doosan product according to the instructions applicable to it. (iii) Ground engaging parts such
as bucket teeth and cutting edges. (iv) Fuel or hydraulic system cleaning, engine tune-up, brake inspection or
adjustment. (v) Adjustments or slight defects which generally do not affect the stability or reliability of the
machine.

DOOSAN EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS, EXPRESSED


OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT,
IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILLMENT OF ALL
LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN FOR SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY,
TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF
SUCH PRODUCT. THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER/OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE
WARRANTY OUTLINED ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY
HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS
SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND SERVICE FURNISHED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE
OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY
OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE,
INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT
UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED. DOOSAN INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR
AFFILIATED COMPANY AND DISTRIBUTOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER/OWNER, ANY
SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY BENEFICIARY OR ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR
BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF, OR MALFUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT UNDER
THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST GOODWILL,
WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION,
INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF THE USER FOR SERVICE
INTERRUPTION WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT,
NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.

4700002enGB (01-17) Printed in Belgium

227 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

WARRANTY (CONT’D)

WARRANTY
BOBCAT TRACK WARRANTY
Every new rubber track is warranted to be free of defects in material and workmanship for the life of the original tread design within
the limits of the normal warranty conditions.
Original tread life is considered completed when the track has 10 percent or less of remaining tread in any position of its original
tread depth, in any portion of its original tread design.
If upon presentation of the track to the authorised Bobcat representative, the representative determines the warranty claim is valid
during the first 10 percent of tread life, DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. and the authorised dealer will supply a comparable new track at no
charge. If the warranty claim is granted after the first 10 percent of tread life of the track has worn away, but before the original tread
life is completed, the original buyer will receive a pro-rata replacement credit toward the purchase of a comparable new track, relative
to the unused portion of the tread on the original track based on a predetermined schedule in effect at the time of replacement. The
end-user/owner pays all applicable taxes and disposal costs relating to the replacement.
This warranty only applies when the track is installed on the approved recommended Bobcat product. This warranty does not cover
track failures as a result of tears, cuts, fire or vandalism, damaged or broken cords due to improper adjustment, age conditions such
as cracks, and extreme temperature exposure.
This warranty is solely for the benefit of the end-user/owner of the track and is not assignable.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS, EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS
RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT, IN THE MANNER AND FOR
THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILMENT OF ALL LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. FOR
SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY
OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF SUCH PRODUCT.
THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER/OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE WARRANTY OUTLINED ABOVE ARE
EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR
AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND SERVICE FURNISHED
HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR
OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY,
TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY AND DISTRIBUTOR
SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER/OWNER, ANY SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY BENEFICIARY OR
ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF, OR MALFUNCTION OF THE
PRODUCT UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST
GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION,
INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF THE USER FOR SERVICE INTERRUPTION
WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT
LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES (EXCEPT THOSE OF TITLE), EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AND THERE ARE
NO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORISED
SELLING DEALER OR BOBCAT COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR DOWNTIME EXPENSES, LOSS OF MACHINE USE OR OTHER
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORISED BOBCAT DEALER BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT COMPANY OR
THE AUTHORISED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF
BOBCAT EUROPE AND THE AUTHORISED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED
HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.

4700008-EN (1-10) Printed in Belgium

228 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

(T450) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 220 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . 61


AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . 132
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 90 LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO
AUTO IDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . 193
ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . 19
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . 135 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . 104
................................... 5 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . 116
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . 196 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE
INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . 215
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START
CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . 93
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . 3 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . 200 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . 5
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 66 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . 129
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . 58
ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 154 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 7
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . 151 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . 75
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEM . . . . . . 142 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . 171 TRACK ROLLER AND IDLER LUBRICATION
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 195
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . 186 TRACK SPROCKET MAINTENANCE . . . . 186
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . 38 TRACK TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
INTENDED USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TRACK UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEM . . . 114
LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . 77 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . 59

229 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A


TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

230 T450 Operation & Maintenance Manual


www.duma-rent.com
www.duma-rent.com

Bobcat®, the Bobcat logo and the colours of the Bobcat machine are registered trademarks of
Bobcat Company in the United States and various other countries.
www.duma-rent.com
www.duma-rent.com

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy